1 | /****************************************************************************
|
---|
2 | ** $Id: qstring.cpp 8 2005-11-16 19:36:46Z dmik $
|
---|
3 | **
|
---|
4 | ** Implementation of the QString class and related Unicode functions
|
---|
5 | **
|
---|
6 | ** Created : 920722
|
---|
7 | **
|
---|
8 | ** Copyright (C) 1992-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
|
---|
9 | **
|
---|
10 | ** This file is part of the tools module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
|
---|
11 | **
|
---|
12 | ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
|
---|
13 | ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
|
---|
14 | ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
|
---|
15 | **
|
---|
16 | ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
|
---|
17 | ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
|
---|
18 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
|
---|
19 | ** packaging of this file.
|
---|
20 | **
|
---|
21 | ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
|
---|
22 | ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
|
---|
23 | ** Agreement provided with the Software.
|
---|
24 | **
|
---|
25 | ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
|
---|
26 | ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
---|
27 | **
|
---|
28 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
|
---|
29 | ** information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
|
---|
30 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
|
---|
31 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
|
---|
32 | **
|
---|
33 | ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
|
---|
34 | ** not clear to you.
|
---|
35 | **
|
---|
36 | **********************************************************************/
|
---|
37 |
|
---|
38 | // Don't define it while compiling this module, or USERS of Qt will
|
---|
39 | // not be able to link.
|
---|
40 | #ifdef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
|
---|
41 | #undef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
|
---|
42 | #endif
|
---|
43 |
|
---|
44 | #include "qstring.h"
|
---|
45 | #include "qregexp.h"
|
---|
46 | #include "qdatastream.h"
|
---|
47 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
48 | #include "qtextcodec.h"
|
---|
49 | #endif
|
---|
50 | #include "qlocale.h"
|
---|
51 | #include "qlocale_p.h"
|
---|
52 |
|
---|
53 | #include "qunicodetables_p.h"
|
---|
54 | #include <limits.h>
|
---|
55 | #include <stdarg.h>
|
---|
56 | #include <stdio.h>
|
---|
57 | #include <stdlib.h>
|
---|
58 | #include <string.h>
|
---|
59 | #ifndef Q_OS_TEMP
|
---|
60 | #include <locale.h>
|
---|
61 | #endif
|
---|
62 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
63 | #include "qt_windows.h"
|
---|
64 | #endif
|
---|
65 | #if defined(Q_OS_OS2)
|
---|
66 | #include <unidef.h>
|
---|
67 | #include <uconv.h>
|
---|
68 | #endif
|
---|
69 | #if !defined( QT_NO_COMPONENT ) && !defined( QT_LITE_COMPONENT )
|
---|
70 | #include "qcleanuphandler.h"
|
---|
71 | #endif
|
---|
72 |
|
---|
73 | #ifndef LLONG_MAX
|
---|
74 | #define LLONG_MAX Q_INT64_C(9223372036854775807)
|
---|
75 | #endif
|
---|
76 | #ifndef LLONG_MIN
|
---|
77 | #define LLONG_MIN (-LLONG_MAX - Q_INT64_C(1))
|
---|
78 | #endif
|
---|
79 | #ifndef ULLONG_MAX
|
---|
80 | #define ULLONG_MAX Q_UINT64_C(18446744073709551615)
|
---|
81 | #endif
|
---|
82 |
|
---|
83 | static int ucstrcmp( const QString &as, const QString &bs )
|
---|
84 | {
|
---|
85 | const QChar *a = as.unicode();
|
---|
86 | const QChar *b = bs.unicode();
|
---|
87 | if ( a == b )
|
---|
88 | return 0;
|
---|
89 | if ( a == 0 )
|
---|
90 | return 1;
|
---|
91 | if ( b == 0 )
|
---|
92 | return -1;
|
---|
93 | int l=QMIN(as.length(),bs.length());
|
---|
94 | while ( l-- && *a == *b )
|
---|
95 | a++,b++;
|
---|
96 | if ( l==-1 )
|
---|
97 | return ( as.length()-bs.length() );
|
---|
98 | return a->unicode() - b->unicode();
|
---|
99 | }
|
---|
100 |
|
---|
101 | static int ucstrncmp( const QChar *a, const QChar *b, int l )
|
---|
102 | {
|
---|
103 | while ( l-- && *a == *b )
|
---|
104 | a++,b++;
|
---|
105 | if ( l==-1 )
|
---|
106 | return 0;
|
---|
107 | return a->unicode() - b->unicode();
|
---|
108 | }
|
---|
109 |
|
---|
110 | static int ucstrnicmp( const QChar *a, const QChar *b, int l )
|
---|
111 | {
|
---|
112 | while ( l-- && ::lower( *a ) == ::lower( *b ) )
|
---|
113 | a++,b++;
|
---|
114 | if ( l==-1 )
|
---|
115 | return 0;
|
---|
116 | return ::lower( *a ).unicode() - ::lower( *b ).unicode();
|
---|
117 | }
|
---|
118 |
|
---|
119 | static uint computeNewMax( uint len )
|
---|
120 | {
|
---|
121 | uint newMax = 4;
|
---|
122 | while ( newMax < len )
|
---|
123 | newMax *= 2;
|
---|
124 | // try to save some memory
|
---|
125 | if ( newMax >= 1024 * 1024 && len <= newMax - (newMax >> 2) )
|
---|
126 | newMax -= newMax >> 2;
|
---|
127 | return newMax;
|
---|
128 | }
|
---|
129 |
|
---|
130 | static bool qIsUpper(char c)
|
---|
131 | {
|
---|
132 | return c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z';
|
---|
133 | }
|
---|
134 |
|
---|
135 | static bool qIsDigit(char c)
|
---|
136 | {
|
---|
137 | return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
|
---|
138 | }
|
---|
139 |
|
---|
140 | static char qToLower(char c)
|
---|
141 | {
|
---|
142 | if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z')
|
---|
143 | return c - 'A' + 'a';
|
---|
144 | else
|
---|
145 | return c;
|
---|
146 | }
|
---|
147 |
|
---|
148 | /*!
|
---|
149 | \class QCharRef qstring.h
|
---|
150 | \reentrant
|
---|
151 | \brief The QCharRef class is a helper class for QString.
|
---|
152 |
|
---|
153 | \ingroup text
|
---|
154 |
|
---|
155 | When you get an object of type QCharRef, if you can assign to it,
|
---|
156 | the assignment will apply to the character in the string from
|
---|
157 | which you got the reference. That is its whole purpose in life.
|
---|
158 | The QCharRef becomes invalid once modifications are made to the
|
---|
159 | string: if you want to keep the character, copy it into a QChar.
|
---|
160 |
|
---|
161 | Most of the QChar member functions also exist in QCharRef.
|
---|
162 | However, they are not explicitly documented here.
|
---|
163 |
|
---|
164 | \sa QString::operator[]() QString::at() QChar
|
---|
165 | */
|
---|
166 |
|
---|
167 | /*!
|
---|
168 | \class QChar qstring.h
|
---|
169 | \reentrant
|
---|
170 | \brief The QChar class provides a lightweight Unicode character.
|
---|
171 |
|
---|
172 | \ingroup text
|
---|
173 |
|
---|
174 | Unicode characters are (so far) 16-bit entities without any markup
|
---|
175 | or structure. This class represents such an entity. It is
|
---|
176 | lightweight, so it can be used everywhere. Most compilers treat it
|
---|
177 | like a "short int". (In a few years it may be necessary to make
|
---|
178 | QChar 32-bit when more than 65536 Unicode code points have been
|
---|
179 | defined and come into use.)
|
---|
180 |
|
---|
181 | QChar provides a full complement of testing/classification
|
---|
182 | functions, converting to and from other formats, converting from
|
---|
183 | composed to decomposed Unicode, and trying to compare and
|
---|
184 | case-convert if you ask it to.
|
---|
185 |
|
---|
186 | The classification functions include functions like those in
|
---|
187 | ctype.h, but operating on the full range of Unicode characters.
|
---|
188 | They all return TRUE if the character is a certain type of
|
---|
189 | character; otherwise they return FALSE. These classification
|
---|
190 | functions are isNull() (returns TRUE if the character is U+0000),
|
---|
191 | isPrint() (TRUE if the character is any sort of printable
|
---|
192 | character, including whitespace), isPunct() (any sort of
|
---|
193 | punctation), isMark() (Unicode Mark), isLetter (a letter),
|
---|
194 | isNumber() (any sort of numeric character), isLetterOrNumber(),
|
---|
195 | and isDigit() (decimal digits). All of these are wrappers around
|
---|
196 | category() which return the Unicode-defined category of each
|
---|
197 | character.
|
---|
198 |
|
---|
199 | QChar further provides direction(), which indicates the "natural"
|
---|
200 | writing direction of this character. The joining() function
|
---|
201 | indicates how the character joins with its neighbors (needed
|
---|
202 | mostly for Arabic) and finally mirrored(), which indicates whether
|
---|
203 | the character needs to be mirrored when it is printed in its
|
---|
204 | "unnatural" writing direction.
|
---|
205 |
|
---|
206 | Composed Unicode characters (like å) can be converted to
|
---|
207 | decomposed Unicode ("a" followed by "ring above") by using
|
---|
208 | decomposition().
|
---|
209 |
|
---|
210 | In Unicode, comparison is not necessarily possible and case
|
---|
211 | conversion is very difficult at best. Unicode, covering the
|
---|
212 | "entire" world, also includes most of the world's case and sorting
|
---|
213 | problems. Qt tries, but not very hard: operator==() and friends
|
---|
214 | will do comparison based purely on the numeric Unicode value (code
|
---|
215 | point) of the characters, and upper() and lower() will do case
|
---|
216 | changes when the character has a well-defined upper/lower-case
|
---|
217 | equivalent. There is no provision for locale-dependent case
|
---|
218 | folding rules or comparison; these functions are meant to be fast
|
---|
219 | so they can be used unambiguously in data structures. (See
|
---|
220 | QString::localeAwareCompare() though.)
|
---|
221 |
|
---|
222 | The conversion functions include unicode() (to a scalar), latin1()
|
---|
223 | (to scalar, but converts all non-Latin-1 characters to 0), row()
|
---|
224 | (gives the Unicode row), cell() (gives the Unicode cell),
|
---|
225 | digitValue() (gives the integer value of any of the numerous digit
|
---|
226 | characters), and a host of constructors.
|
---|
227 |
|
---|
228 | More information can be found in the document \link unicode.html
|
---|
229 | About Unicode. \endlink
|
---|
230 |
|
---|
231 | \sa QString QCharRef
|
---|
232 | */
|
---|
233 |
|
---|
234 | /*!
|
---|
235 | \enum QChar::Category
|
---|
236 |
|
---|
237 | This enum maps the Unicode character categories.
|
---|
238 |
|
---|
239 | The following characters are normative in Unicode:
|
---|
240 |
|
---|
241 | \value Mark_NonSpacing Unicode class name Mn
|
---|
242 |
|
---|
243 | \value Mark_SpacingCombining Unicode class name Mc
|
---|
244 |
|
---|
245 | \value Mark_Enclosing Unicode class name Me
|
---|
246 |
|
---|
247 | \value Number_DecimalDigit Unicode class name Nd
|
---|
248 |
|
---|
249 | \value Number_Letter Unicode class name Nl
|
---|
250 |
|
---|
251 | \value Number_Other Unicode class name No
|
---|
252 |
|
---|
253 | \value Separator_Space Unicode class name Zs
|
---|
254 |
|
---|
255 | \value Separator_Line Unicode class name Zl
|
---|
256 |
|
---|
257 | \value Separator_Paragraph Unicode class name Zp
|
---|
258 |
|
---|
259 | \value Other_Control Unicode class name Cc
|
---|
260 |
|
---|
261 | \value Other_Format Unicode class name Cf
|
---|
262 |
|
---|
263 | \value Other_Surrogate Unicode class name Cs
|
---|
264 |
|
---|
265 | \value Other_PrivateUse Unicode class name Co
|
---|
266 |
|
---|
267 | \value Other_NotAssigned Unicode class name Cn
|
---|
268 |
|
---|
269 |
|
---|
270 | The following categories are informative in Unicode:
|
---|
271 |
|
---|
272 | \value Letter_Uppercase Unicode class name Lu
|
---|
273 |
|
---|
274 | \value Letter_Lowercase Unicode class name Ll
|
---|
275 |
|
---|
276 | \value Letter_Titlecase Unicode class name Lt
|
---|
277 |
|
---|
278 | \value Letter_Modifier Unicode class name Lm
|
---|
279 |
|
---|
280 | \value Letter_Other Unicode class name Lo
|
---|
281 |
|
---|
282 | \value Punctuation_Connector Unicode class name Pc
|
---|
283 |
|
---|
284 | \value Punctuation_Dash Unicode class name Pd
|
---|
285 |
|
---|
286 | \value Punctuation_Open Unicode class name Ps
|
---|
287 |
|
---|
288 | \value Punctuation_Close Unicode class name Pe
|
---|
289 |
|
---|
290 | \value Punctuation_InitialQuote Unicode class name Pi
|
---|
291 |
|
---|
292 | \value Punctuation_FinalQuote Unicode class name Pf
|
---|
293 |
|
---|
294 | \value Punctuation_Other Unicode class name Po
|
---|
295 |
|
---|
296 | \value Symbol_Math Unicode class name Sm
|
---|
297 |
|
---|
298 | \value Symbol_Currency Unicode class name Sc
|
---|
299 |
|
---|
300 | \value Symbol_Modifier Unicode class name Sk
|
---|
301 |
|
---|
302 | \value Symbol_Other Unicode class name So
|
---|
303 |
|
---|
304 |
|
---|
305 | There are two categories that are specific to Qt:
|
---|
306 |
|
---|
307 | \value NoCategory used when Qt is dazed and confused and cannot
|
---|
308 | make sense of anything.
|
---|
309 |
|
---|
310 | \value Punctuation_Dask old typo alias for Punctuation_Dash
|
---|
311 |
|
---|
312 | */
|
---|
313 |
|
---|
314 | /*!
|
---|
315 | \enum QChar::Direction
|
---|
316 |
|
---|
317 | This enum type defines the Unicode direction attributes. See \link
|
---|
318 | http://www.unicode.org/ the Unicode Standard\endlink for a
|
---|
319 | description of the values.
|
---|
320 |
|
---|
321 | In order to conform to C/C++ naming conventions "Dir" is prepended
|
---|
322 | to the codes used in the Unicode Standard.
|
---|
323 | */
|
---|
324 |
|
---|
325 | /*!
|
---|
326 | \enum QChar::Decomposition
|
---|
327 |
|
---|
328 | This enum type defines the Unicode decomposition attributes. See
|
---|
329 | \link http://www.unicode.org/ the Unicode Standard\endlink for a
|
---|
330 | description of the values.
|
---|
331 | */
|
---|
332 |
|
---|
333 | /*!
|
---|
334 | \enum QChar::Joining
|
---|
335 |
|
---|
336 | This enum type defines the Unicode joining attributes. See \link
|
---|
337 | http://www.unicode.org/ the Unicode Standard\endlink for a
|
---|
338 | description of the values.
|
---|
339 | */
|
---|
340 |
|
---|
341 | /*!
|
---|
342 | \enum QChar::CombiningClass
|
---|
343 |
|
---|
344 | This enum type defines names for some of the Unicode combining
|
---|
345 | classes. See \link http://www.unicode.org/ the Unicode
|
---|
346 | Standard\endlink for a description of the values.
|
---|
347 | */
|
---|
348 |
|
---|
349 | /*!
|
---|
350 | \fn void QChar::setCell( uchar cell )
|
---|
351 | \internal
|
---|
352 | */
|
---|
353 |
|
---|
354 | /*!
|
---|
355 | \fn void QChar::setRow( uchar row )
|
---|
356 | \internal
|
---|
357 | */
|
---|
358 |
|
---|
359 |
|
---|
360 | /*!
|
---|
361 | \fn QChar::QChar()
|
---|
362 |
|
---|
363 | Constructs a null QChar (one that isNull()).
|
---|
364 | */
|
---|
365 |
|
---|
366 |
|
---|
367 | /*!
|
---|
368 | \fn QChar::QChar( char c )
|
---|
369 |
|
---|
370 | Constructs a QChar corresponding to ASCII/Latin-1 character \a c.
|
---|
371 | */
|
---|
372 |
|
---|
373 |
|
---|
374 | /*!
|
---|
375 | \fn QChar::QChar( uchar c )
|
---|
376 |
|
---|
377 | Constructs a QChar corresponding to ASCII/Latin-1 character \a c.
|
---|
378 | */
|
---|
379 |
|
---|
380 |
|
---|
381 | /*!
|
---|
382 | \fn QChar::QChar( uchar c, uchar r )
|
---|
383 |
|
---|
384 | Constructs a QChar for Unicode cell \a c in row \a r.
|
---|
385 | */
|
---|
386 |
|
---|
387 |
|
---|
388 | /*!
|
---|
389 | \fn QChar::QChar( const QChar& c )
|
---|
390 |
|
---|
391 | Constructs a copy of \a c. This is a deep copy, if such a
|
---|
392 | lightweight object can be said to have deep copies.
|
---|
393 | */
|
---|
394 |
|
---|
395 |
|
---|
396 | /*!
|
---|
397 | \fn QChar::QChar( ushort rc )
|
---|
398 |
|
---|
399 | Constructs a QChar for the character with Unicode code point \a rc.
|
---|
400 | */
|
---|
401 |
|
---|
402 |
|
---|
403 | /*!
|
---|
404 | \fn QChar::QChar( short rc )
|
---|
405 |
|
---|
406 | Constructs a QChar for the character with Unicode code point \a rc.
|
---|
407 | */
|
---|
408 |
|
---|
409 |
|
---|
410 | /*!
|
---|
411 | \fn QChar::QChar( uint rc )
|
---|
412 |
|
---|
413 | Constructs a QChar for the character with Unicode code point \a rc.
|
---|
414 | */
|
---|
415 |
|
---|
416 |
|
---|
417 | /*!
|
---|
418 | \fn QChar::QChar( int rc )
|
---|
419 |
|
---|
420 | Constructs a QChar for the character with Unicode code point \a rc.
|
---|
421 | */
|
---|
422 |
|
---|
423 |
|
---|
424 | /*!
|
---|
425 | \fn bool QChar::networkOrdered ()
|
---|
426 |
|
---|
427 | \obsolete
|
---|
428 |
|
---|
429 | Returns TRUE if this character is in network byte order (MSB
|
---|
430 | first); otherwise returns FALSE. This is platform dependent.
|
---|
431 | */
|
---|
432 |
|
---|
433 |
|
---|
434 | /*!
|
---|
435 | \fn bool QChar::isNull() const
|
---|
436 |
|
---|
437 | Returns TRUE if the character is the Unicode character 0x0000
|
---|
438 | (ASCII NUL); otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
439 | */
|
---|
440 |
|
---|
441 | /*!
|
---|
442 | \fn uchar QChar::cell () const
|
---|
443 |
|
---|
444 | Returns the cell (least significant byte) of the Unicode
|
---|
445 | character.
|
---|
446 | */
|
---|
447 |
|
---|
448 | /*!
|
---|
449 | \fn uchar QChar::row () const
|
---|
450 |
|
---|
451 | Returns the row (most significant byte) of the Unicode character.
|
---|
452 | */
|
---|
453 |
|
---|
454 | /*!
|
---|
455 | Returns TRUE if the character is a printable character; otherwise
|
---|
456 | returns FALSE. This is any character not of category Cc or Cn.
|
---|
457 |
|
---|
458 | Note that this gives no indication of whether the character is
|
---|
459 | available in a particular \link QFont font\endlink.
|
---|
460 | */
|
---|
461 | bool QChar::isPrint() const
|
---|
462 | {
|
---|
463 | Category c = ::category( *this );
|
---|
464 | return !(c == Other_Control || c == Other_NotAssigned);
|
---|
465 | }
|
---|
466 |
|
---|
467 | /*!
|
---|
468 | Returns TRUE if the character is a separator character
|
---|
469 | (Separator_* categories); otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
470 | */
|
---|
471 | bool QChar::isSpace() const
|
---|
472 | {
|
---|
473 | return ::isSpace( *this );
|
---|
474 | }
|
---|
475 |
|
---|
476 | /*!
|
---|
477 | Returns TRUE if the character is a mark (Mark_* categories);
|
---|
478 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
479 | */
|
---|
480 | bool QChar::isMark() const
|
---|
481 | {
|
---|
482 | Category c = ::category( *this );
|
---|
483 | return c >= Mark_NonSpacing && c <= Mark_Enclosing;
|
---|
484 | }
|
---|
485 |
|
---|
486 | /*!
|
---|
487 | Returns TRUE if the character is a punctuation mark (Punctuation_*
|
---|
488 | categories); otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
489 | */
|
---|
490 | bool QChar::isPunct() const
|
---|
491 | {
|
---|
492 | Category c = ::category( *this );
|
---|
493 | return (c >= Punctuation_Connector && c <= Punctuation_Other);
|
---|
494 | }
|
---|
495 |
|
---|
496 | /*!
|
---|
497 | Returns TRUE if the character is a letter (Letter_* categories);
|
---|
498 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
499 | */
|
---|
500 | bool QChar::isLetter() const
|
---|
501 | {
|
---|
502 | Category c = ::category( *this );
|
---|
503 | return (c >= Letter_Uppercase && c <= Letter_Other);
|
---|
504 | }
|
---|
505 |
|
---|
506 | /*!
|
---|
507 | Returns TRUE if the character is a number (of any sort - Number_*
|
---|
508 | categories); otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
509 |
|
---|
510 | \sa isDigit()
|
---|
511 | */
|
---|
512 | bool QChar::isNumber() const
|
---|
513 | {
|
---|
514 | Category c = ::category( *this );
|
---|
515 | return c >= Number_DecimalDigit && c <= Number_Other;
|
---|
516 | }
|
---|
517 |
|
---|
518 | /*!
|
---|
519 | Returns TRUE if the character is a letter or number (Letter_* or
|
---|
520 | Number_* categories); otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
521 | */
|
---|
522 | bool QChar::isLetterOrNumber() const
|
---|
523 | {
|
---|
524 | Category c = ::category( *this );
|
---|
525 | return (c >= Letter_Uppercase && c <= Letter_Other)
|
---|
526 | || (c >= Number_DecimalDigit && c <= Number_Other);
|
---|
527 | }
|
---|
528 |
|
---|
529 |
|
---|
530 | /*!
|
---|
531 | Returns TRUE if the character is a decimal digit
|
---|
532 | (Number_DecimalDigit); otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
533 | */
|
---|
534 | bool QChar::isDigit() const
|
---|
535 | {
|
---|
536 | return (::category( *this ) == Number_DecimalDigit);
|
---|
537 | }
|
---|
538 |
|
---|
539 |
|
---|
540 | /*!
|
---|
541 | Returns TRUE if the character is a symbol (Symbol_* categories);
|
---|
542 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
543 | */
|
---|
544 | bool QChar::isSymbol() const
|
---|
545 | {
|
---|
546 | Category c = ::category( *this );
|
---|
547 | return c >= Symbol_Math && c <= Symbol_Other;
|
---|
548 | }
|
---|
549 |
|
---|
550 | /*!
|
---|
551 | Returns the numeric value of the digit, or -1 if the character is
|
---|
552 | not a digit.
|
---|
553 | */
|
---|
554 | int QChar::digitValue() const
|
---|
555 | {
|
---|
556 | #ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
|
---|
557 | register int pos = QUnicodeTables::decimal_info[row()];
|
---|
558 | if( !pos )
|
---|
559 | return -1;
|
---|
560 | return QUnicodeTables::decimal_info[(pos<<8) + cell()];
|
---|
561 | #else
|
---|
562 | // ##### just latin1
|
---|
563 | if ( ucs < '0' || ucs > '9' )
|
---|
564 | return -1;
|
---|
565 | else
|
---|
566 | return ucs - '0';
|
---|
567 | #endif
|
---|
568 | }
|
---|
569 |
|
---|
570 | /*!
|
---|
571 | Returns the character category.
|
---|
572 |
|
---|
573 | \sa Category
|
---|
574 | */
|
---|
575 | QChar::Category QChar::category() const
|
---|
576 | {
|
---|
577 | return ::category( *this );
|
---|
578 | }
|
---|
579 |
|
---|
580 | /*!
|
---|
581 | Returns the character's direction.
|
---|
582 |
|
---|
583 | \sa Direction
|
---|
584 | */
|
---|
585 | QChar::Direction QChar::direction() const
|
---|
586 | {
|
---|
587 | return ::direction( *this );
|
---|
588 | }
|
---|
589 |
|
---|
590 | /*!
|
---|
591 | \warning This function is not supported (it may change to use
|
---|
592 | Unicode character classes).
|
---|
593 |
|
---|
594 | Returns information about the joining properties of the character
|
---|
595 | (needed for example, for Arabic).
|
---|
596 | */
|
---|
597 | QChar::Joining QChar::joining() const
|
---|
598 | {
|
---|
599 | return ::joining( *this );
|
---|
600 | }
|
---|
601 |
|
---|
602 |
|
---|
603 | /*!
|
---|
604 | Returns TRUE if the character is a mirrored character (one that
|
---|
605 | should be reversed if the text direction is reversed); otherwise
|
---|
606 | returns FALSE.
|
---|
607 | */
|
---|
608 | bool QChar::mirrored() const
|
---|
609 | {
|
---|
610 | return ::mirrored( *this );
|
---|
611 | }
|
---|
612 |
|
---|
613 | /*!
|
---|
614 | Returns the mirrored character if this character is a mirrored
|
---|
615 | character, otherwise returns the character itself.
|
---|
616 | */
|
---|
617 | QChar QChar::mirroredChar() const
|
---|
618 | {
|
---|
619 | return ::mirroredChar( *this );
|
---|
620 | }
|
---|
621 |
|
---|
622 | #ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
|
---|
623 | // ### REMOVE ME 4.0
|
---|
624 | static QString shared_decomp;
|
---|
625 | #endif
|
---|
626 | /*!
|
---|
627 | \nonreentrant
|
---|
628 |
|
---|
629 | Decomposes a character into its parts. Returns QString::null if no
|
---|
630 | decomposition exists.
|
---|
631 | */
|
---|
632 | const QString &QChar::decomposition() const
|
---|
633 | {
|
---|
634 | #ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
|
---|
635 | register int pos = QUnicodeTables::decomposition_info[row()];
|
---|
636 | if(!pos) return QString::null;
|
---|
637 |
|
---|
638 | pos = QUnicodeTables::decomposition_info[(pos<<8)+cell()];
|
---|
639 | if(!pos) return QString::null;
|
---|
640 | pos+=2;
|
---|
641 |
|
---|
642 | QString s;
|
---|
643 | Q_UINT16 c;
|
---|
644 | while ( (c = QUnicodeTables::decomposition_map[pos++]) != 0 )
|
---|
645 | s += QChar( c );
|
---|
646 | // ### In 4.0, return s, and not shared_decomp. shared_decomp
|
---|
647 | // prevents this function from being reentrant.
|
---|
648 | shared_decomp = s;
|
---|
649 | return shared_decomp;
|
---|
650 | #else
|
---|
651 | return QString::null;
|
---|
652 | #endif
|
---|
653 | }
|
---|
654 |
|
---|
655 | /*!
|
---|
656 | Returns the tag defining the composition of the character. Returns
|
---|
657 | QChar::Single if no decomposition exists.
|
---|
658 | */
|
---|
659 | QChar::Decomposition QChar::decompositionTag() const
|
---|
660 | {
|
---|
661 | #ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
|
---|
662 | register int pos = QUnicodeTables::decomposition_info[row()];
|
---|
663 | if(!pos) return QChar::Single;
|
---|
664 |
|
---|
665 | pos = QUnicodeTables::decomposition_info[(pos<<8)+cell()];
|
---|
666 | if(!pos) return QChar::Single;
|
---|
667 |
|
---|
668 | return (QChar::Decomposition) QUnicodeTables::decomposition_map[pos];
|
---|
669 | #else
|
---|
670 | return Single; // ########### FIX eg. just latin1
|
---|
671 | #endif
|
---|
672 | }
|
---|
673 |
|
---|
674 | /*!
|
---|
675 | Returns the combining class for the character as defined in the
|
---|
676 | Unicode standard. This is mainly useful as a positioning hint for
|
---|
677 | marks attached to a base character.
|
---|
678 |
|
---|
679 | The Qt text rendering engine uses this information to correctly
|
---|
680 | position non spacing marks around a base character.
|
---|
681 | */
|
---|
682 | unsigned char QChar::combiningClass() const
|
---|
683 | {
|
---|
684 | return ::combiningClass( *this );
|
---|
685 | }
|
---|
686 |
|
---|
687 |
|
---|
688 | /*!
|
---|
689 | Returns the lowercase equivalent if the character is uppercase;
|
---|
690 | otherwise returns the character itself.
|
---|
691 | */
|
---|
692 | QChar QChar::lower() const
|
---|
693 | {
|
---|
694 | return ::lower( *this );
|
---|
695 | }
|
---|
696 |
|
---|
697 | /*!
|
---|
698 | Returns the uppercase equivalent if the character is lowercase;
|
---|
699 | otherwise returns the character itself.
|
---|
700 | */
|
---|
701 | QChar QChar::upper() const
|
---|
702 | {
|
---|
703 | return ::upper( *this );
|
---|
704 | }
|
---|
705 |
|
---|
706 | /*!
|
---|
707 | \fn QChar::operator char() const
|
---|
708 |
|
---|
709 | Returns the Latin-1 character equivalent to the QChar, or 0. This
|
---|
710 | is mainly useful for non-internationalized software.
|
---|
711 |
|
---|
712 | \sa unicode()
|
---|
713 | */
|
---|
714 |
|
---|
715 | /*!
|
---|
716 | \fn ushort QChar::unicode() const
|
---|
717 |
|
---|
718 | Returns the numeric Unicode value equal to the QChar. Normally,
|
---|
719 | you should use QChar objects as they are equivalent, but for some
|
---|
720 | low-level tasks (e.g. indexing into an array of Unicode
|
---|
721 | information), this function is useful.
|
---|
722 | */
|
---|
723 |
|
---|
724 | /*!
|
---|
725 | \fn ushort & QChar::unicode()
|
---|
726 |
|
---|
727 | \overload
|
---|
728 |
|
---|
729 | Returns a reference to the numeric Unicode value equal to the
|
---|
730 | QChar.
|
---|
731 | */
|
---|
732 |
|
---|
733 | /*****************************************************************************
|
---|
734 | Documentation of QChar related functions
|
---|
735 | *****************************************************************************/
|
---|
736 |
|
---|
737 | /*!
|
---|
738 | \fn bool operator==( QChar c1, QChar c2 )
|
---|
739 |
|
---|
740 | \relates QChar
|
---|
741 |
|
---|
742 | Returns TRUE if \a c1 and \a c2 are the same Unicode character;
|
---|
743 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
744 | */
|
---|
745 |
|
---|
746 | /*!
|
---|
747 | \fn bool operator==( char ch, QChar c )
|
---|
748 |
|
---|
749 | \overload
|
---|
750 | \relates QChar
|
---|
751 |
|
---|
752 | Returns TRUE if \a c is the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch;
|
---|
753 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
754 | */
|
---|
755 |
|
---|
756 | /*!
|
---|
757 | \fn bool operator==( QChar c, char ch )
|
---|
758 |
|
---|
759 | \overload
|
---|
760 | \relates QChar
|
---|
761 |
|
---|
762 | Returns TRUE if \a c is the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch;
|
---|
763 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
764 | */
|
---|
765 |
|
---|
766 | /*!
|
---|
767 | \fn int operator!=( QChar c1, QChar c2 )
|
---|
768 |
|
---|
769 | \relates QChar
|
---|
770 |
|
---|
771 | Returns TRUE if \a c1 and \a c2 are not the same Unicode
|
---|
772 | character; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
773 | */
|
---|
774 |
|
---|
775 | /*!
|
---|
776 | \fn int operator!=( char ch, QChar c )
|
---|
777 |
|
---|
778 | \overload
|
---|
779 | \relates QChar
|
---|
780 |
|
---|
781 | Returns TRUE if \a c is not the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch;
|
---|
782 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
783 | */
|
---|
784 |
|
---|
785 | /*!
|
---|
786 | \fn int operator!=( QChar c, char ch )
|
---|
787 |
|
---|
788 | \overload
|
---|
789 | \relates QChar
|
---|
790 |
|
---|
791 | Returns TRUE if \a c is not the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch;
|
---|
792 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
793 | */
|
---|
794 |
|
---|
795 | /*!
|
---|
796 | \fn int operator<=( QChar c1, QChar c2 )
|
---|
797 |
|
---|
798 | \relates QChar
|
---|
799 |
|
---|
800 | Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c1 is less than
|
---|
801 | that of \a c2, or they are the same Unicode character; otherwise
|
---|
802 | returns FALSE.
|
---|
803 | */
|
---|
804 |
|
---|
805 | /*!
|
---|
806 | \fn int operator<=( QChar c, char ch )
|
---|
807 |
|
---|
808 | \overload
|
---|
809 | \relates QChar
|
---|
810 |
|
---|
811 | Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c is less than or
|
---|
812 | equal to that of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch; otherwise
|
---|
813 | returns FALSE.
|
---|
814 | */
|
---|
815 |
|
---|
816 | /*!
|
---|
817 | \fn int operator<=( char ch, QChar c )
|
---|
818 |
|
---|
819 | \overload
|
---|
820 | \relates QChar
|
---|
821 |
|
---|
822 | Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of the ASCII/Latin-1
|
---|
823 | character \a ch is less than or equal to that of \a c; otherwise
|
---|
824 | returns FALSE.
|
---|
825 | */
|
---|
826 |
|
---|
827 | /*!
|
---|
828 | \fn int operator>=( QChar c1, QChar c2 )
|
---|
829 |
|
---|
830 | \relates QChar
|
---|
831 |
|
---|
832 | Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c1 is greater than
|
---|
833 | that of \a c2, or they are the same Unicode character; otherwise
|
---|
834 | returns FALSE.
|
---|
835 | */
|
---|
836 |
|
---|
837 | /*!
|
---|
838 | \fn int operator>=( QChar c, char ch )
|
---|
839 |
|
---|
840 | \overload
|
---|
841 | \relates QChar
|
---|
842 |
|
---|
843 | Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c is greater than
|
---|
844 | or equal to that of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch; otherwise
|
---|
845 | returns FALSE.
|
---|
846 | */
|
---|
847 |
|
---|
848 | /*!
|
---|
849 | \fn int operator>=( char ch, QChar c )
|
---|
850 |
|
---|
851 | \overload
|
---|
852 | \relates QChar
|
---|
853 |
|
---|
854 | Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of the ASCII/Latin-1
|
---|
855 | character \a ch is greater than or equal to that of \a c;
|
---|
856 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
857 | */
|
---|
858 |
|
---|
859 | /*!
|
---|
860 | \fn int operator<( QChar c1, QChar c2 )
|
---|
861 |
|
---|
862 | \relates QChar
|
---|
863 |
|
---|
864 | Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c1 is less than
|
---|
865 | that of \a c2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
866 | */
|
---|
867 |
|
---|
868 | /*!
|
---|
869 | \fn int operator<( QChar c, char ch )
|
---|
870 |
|
---|
871 | \overload
|
---|
872 | \relates QChar
|
---|
873 |
|
---|
874 | Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c is less than that
|
---|
875 | of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
876 | */
|
---|
877 |
|
---|
878 | /*!
|
---|
879 | \fn int operator<( char ch, QChar c )
|
---|
880 |
|
---|
881 | \overload
|
---|
882 | \relates QChar
|
---|
883 |
|
---|
884 | Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of the ASCII/Latin-1
|
---|
885 | character \a ch is less than that of \a c; otherwise returns
|
---|
886 | FALSE.
|
---|
887 | */
|
---|
888 |
|
---|
889 | /*!
|
---|
890 | \fn int operator>( QChar c1, QChar c2 )
|
---|
891 |
|
---|
892 | \relates QChar
|
---|
893 |
|
---|
894 | Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c1 is greater than
|
---|
895 | that of \a c2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
896 | */
|
---|
897 |
|
---|
898 | /*!
|
---|
899 | \fn int operator>( QChar c, char ch )
|
---|
900 |
|
---|
901 | \overload
|
---|
902 | \relates QChar
|
---|
903 |
|
---|
904 | Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of \a c is greater than
|
---|
905 | that of the ASCII/Latin-1 character \a ch; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
906 | */
|
---|
907 |
|
---|
908 | /*!
|
---|
909 | \fn int operator>( char ch, QChar c )
|
---|
910 |
|
---|
911 | \overload
|
---|
912 | \relates QChar
|
---|
913 |
|
---|
914 | Returns TRUE if the numeric Unicode value of the ASCII/Latin-1
|
---|
915 | character \a ch is greater than that of \a c; otherwise returns
|
---|
916 | FALSE.
|
---|
917 | */
|
---|
918 |
|
---|
919 | #ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
|
---|
920 |
|
---|
921 | // small class used internally in QString::Compose()
|
---|
922 | class QLigature
|
---|
923 | {
|
---|
924 | public:
|
---|
925 | QLigature( QChar c );
|
---|
926 |
|
---|
927 | Q_UINT16 first() { cur = ligatures; return cur ? *cur : 0; }
|
---|
928 | Q_UINT16 next() { return cur && *cur ? *(cur++) : 0; }
|
---|
929 | Q_UINT16 current() { return cur ? *cur : 0; }
|
---|
930 |
|
---|
931 | int match(QString & str, unsigned int index);
|
---|
932 | QChar head();
|
---|
933 | QChar::Decomposition tag();
|
---|
934 |
|
---|
935 | private:
|
---|
936 | Q_UINT16 *ligatures;
|
---|
937 | Q_UINT16 *cur;
|
---|
938 | };
|
---|
939 |
|
---|
940 | QLigature::QLigature( QChar c )
|
---|
941 | {
|
---|
942 | register int pos = QUnicodeTables::ligature_info[c.row()];
|
---|
943 | if( !pos )
|
---|
944 | ligatures = 0;
|
---|
945 | else
|
---|
946 | {
|
---|
947 | pos = QUnicodeTables::ligature_info[(pos<<8)+c.cell()];
|
---|
948 | ligatures = (Q_UINT16 *)&(QUnicodeTables::ligature_map[pos]);
|
---|
949 | }
|
---|
950 | cur = ligatures;
|
---|
951 | }
|
---|
952 |
|
---|
953 | QChar QLigature::head()
|
---|
954 | {
|
---|
955 | if(current())
|
---|
956 | return QChar(QUnicodeTables::decomposition_map[current()+1]);
|
---|
957 |
|
---|
958 | return QChar::null;
|
---|
959 | }
|
---|
960 |
|
---|
961 | QChar::Decomposition QLigature::tag()
|
---|
962 | {
|
---|
963 | if(current())
|
---|
964 | return (QChar::Decomposition) QUnicodeTables::decomposition_map[current()];
|
---|
965 |
|
---|
966 | return QChar::Canonical;
|
---|
967 | }
|
---|
968 |
|
---|
969 | int QLigature::match(QString & str, unsigned int index)
|
---|
970 | {
|
---|
971 | unsigned int i=index;
|
---|
972 |
|
---|
973 | if(!current()) return 0;
|
---|
974 |
|
---|
975 | Q_UINT16 lig = current() + 2;
|
---|
976 | Q_UINT16 ch;
|
---|
977 |
|
---|
978 | while ((i < str.length()) && (ch = QUnicodeTables::decomposition_map[lig])) {
|
---|
979 | if (str[(int)i] != QChar(ch))
|
---|
980 | return 0;
|
---|
981 | i++;
|
---|
982 | lig++;
|
---|
983 | }
|
---|
984 |
|
---|
985 | if (!QUnicodeTables::decomposition_map[lig])
|
---|
986 | {
|
---|
987 | return i-index;
|
---|
988 | }
|
---|
989 | return 0;
|
---|
990 | }
|
---|
991 |
|
---|
992 |
|
---|
993 | // this function is just used in QString::compose()
|
---|
994 | static inline bool format(QChar::Decomposition tag, QString & str,
|
---|
995 | int index, int len)
|
---|
996 | {
|
---|
997 | unsigned int l = index + len;
|
---|
998 | unsigned int r = index;
|
---|
999 |
|
---|
1000 | bool left = FALSE, right = FALSE;
|
---|
1001 |
|
---|
1002 | left = ((l < str.length()) &&
|
---|
1003 | ((str[(int)l].joining() == QChar::Dual) ||
|
---|
1004 | (str[(int)l].joining() == QChar::Right)));
|
---|
1005 | if (r > 0) {
|
---|
1006 | r--;
|
---|
1007 | //printf("joining(right) = %d\n", str[(int)r].joining());
|
---|
1008 | right = (str[(int)r].joining() == QChar::Dual);
|
---|
1009 | }
|
---|
1010 |
|
---|
1011 |
|
---|
1012 | switch (tag) {
|
---|
1013 | case QChar::Medial:
|
---|
1014 | return (left & right);
|
---|
1015 | case QChar::Initial:
|
---|
1016 | return (left && !right);
|
---|
1017 | case QChar::Final:
|
---|
1018 | return (right);// && !left);
|
---|
1019 | case QChar::Isolated:
|
---|
1020 | default:
|
---|
1021 | return (!right && !left);
|
---|
1022 | }
|
---|
1023 | } // format()
|
---|
1024 | #endif
|
---|
1025 |
|
---|
1026 | /*
|
---|
1027 | QString::compose() and visual() were developed by Gordon Tisher
|
---|
1028 | <tisher@uniserve.ca>, with input from Lars Knoll <knoll@mpi-hd.mpg.de>,
|
---|
1029 | who developed the unicode data tables.
|
---|
1030 | */
|
---|
1031 | /*!
|
---|
1032 | \warning This function is not supported in Qt 3.x. It is provided
|
---|
1033 | for experimental and illustrative purposes only. It is mainly of
|
---|
1034 | interest to those experimenting with Arabic and other
|
---|
1035 | composition-rich texts.
|
---|
1036 |
|
---|
1037 | Applies possible ligatures to a QString. Useful when
|
---|
1038 | composition-rich text requires rendering with glyph-poor fonts,
|
---|
1039 | but it also makes compositions such as QChar(0x0041) ('A') and
|
---|
1040 | QChar(0x0308) (Unicode accent diaresis), giving QChar(0x00c4)
|
---|
1041 | (German A Umlaut).
|
---|
1042 | */
|
---|
1043 | void QString::compose()
|
---|
1044 | {
|
---|
1045 | #ifndef QT_NO_UNICODETABLES
|
---|
1046 | unsigned int index=0, len;
|
---|
1047 | unsigned int cindex = 0;
|
---|
1048 |
|
---|
1049 | QChar code, head;
|
---|
1050 |
|
---|
1051 | QMemArray<QChar> dia;
|
---|
1052 |
|
---|
1053 | QString composed = *this;
|
---|
1054 |
|
---|
1055 | while (index < length()) {
|
---|
1056 | code = at(index);
|
---|
1057 | //printf("\n\nligature for 0x%x:\n", code.unicode());
|
---|
1058 | QLigature ligature(code);
|
---|
1059 | ligature.first();
|
---|
1060 | while ( ligature.current() ) {
|
---|
1061 | if ((len = ligature.match(*this, index)) != 0) {
|
---|
1062 | head = ligature.head();
|
---|
1063 | unsigned short code = head.unicode();
|
---|
1064 | // we exclude Arabic presentation forms A and a few
|
---|
1065 | // other ligatures, which are undefined in most fonts
|
---|
1066 | if(!(code > 0xfb50 && code < 0xfe80) &&
|
---|
1067 | !(code > 0xfb00 && code < 0xfb2a)) {
|
---|
1068 | // joining info is only needed for Arabic
|
---|
1069 | if (format(ligature.tag(), *this, index, len)) {
|
---|
1070 | //printf("using ligature 0x%x, len=%d\n",code,len);
|
---|
1071 | // replace letter
|
---|
1072 | composed.replace(cindex, len, QChar(head));
|
---|
1073 | index += len-1;
|
---|
1074 | // we continue searching in case we have a final
|
---|
1075 | // form because medial ones are preferred.
|
---|
1076 | if ( len != 1 || ligature.tag() !=QChar::Final )
|
---|
1077 | break;
|
---|
1078 | }
|
---|
1079 | }
|
---|
1080 | }
|
---|
1081 | ligature.next();
|
---|
1082 | }
|
---|
1083 | cindex++;
|
---|
1084 | index++;
|
---|
1085 | }
|
---|
1086 | *this = composed;
|
---|
1087 | #endif
|
---|
1088 | }
|
---|
1089 |
|
---|
1090 |
|
---|
1091 | // These macros are used for efficient allocation of QChar strings.
|
---|
1092 | // IMPORTANT! If you change these, make sure you also change the
|
---|
1093 | // "delete unicode" statement in ~QStringData() in qstring.h correspondingly!
|
---|
1094 |
|
---|
1095 | #define QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( N ) (QChar*) new char[ sizeof(QChar)*( N ) ]
|
---|
1096 | #define QT_DELETE_QCHAR_VEC( P ) delete[] ((char*)( P ))
|
---|
1097 |
|
---|
1098 |
|
---|
1099 | /*!
|
---|
1100 | This utility function converts the 8-bit string \a ba to Unicode,
|
---|
1101 | returning the result.
|
---|
1102 |
|
---|
1103 | The caller is responsible for deleting the return value with
|
---|
1104 | delete[].
|
---|
1105 | */
|
---|
1106 |
|
---|
1107 | QChar* QString::latin1ToUnicode( const QByteArray& ba, uint* len )
|
---|
1108 | {
|
---|
1109 | if ( ba.isNull() ) {
|
---|
1110 | *len = 0;
|
---|
1111 | return 0;
|
---|
1112 | }
|
---|
1113 | int l = 0;
|
---|
1114 | while ( l < (int)ba.size() && ba[l] )
|
---|
1115 | l++;
|
---|
1116 | char* str = ba.data();
|
---|
1117 | QChar *uc = new QChar[ l ]; // Can't use macro, since function is public
|
---|
1118 | QChar *result = uc;
|
---|
1119 | if ( len )
|
---|
1120 | *len = l;
|
---|
1121 | while (l--)
|
---|
1122 | *uc++ = *str++;
|
---|
1123 | return result;
|
---|
1124 | }
|
---|
1125 |
|
---|
1126 | static QChar* internalLatin1ToUnicode( const QByteArray& ba, uint* len )
|
---|
1127 | {
|
---|
1128 | if ( ba.isNull() ) {
|
---|
1129 | *len = 0;
|
---|
1130 | return 0;
|
---|
1131 | }
|
---|
1132 | int l = 0;
|
---|
1133 | while ( l < (int)ba.size() && ba[l] )
|
---|
1134 | l++;
|
---|
1135 | char* str = ba.data();
|
---|
1136 | QChar *uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( l );
|
---|
1137 | QChar *result = uc;
|
---|
1138 | if ( len )
|
---|
1139 | *len = l;
|
---|
1140 | while (l--)
|
---|
1141 | *uc++ = *str++;
|
---|
1142 | return result;
|
---|
1143 | }
|
---|
1144 |
|
---|
1145 | /*!
|
---|
1146 | \overload
|
---|
1147 |
|
---|
1148 | This utility function converts the '\0'-terminated 8-bit string \a
|
---|
1149 | str to Unicode, returning the result and setting \a *len to the
|
---|
1150 | length of the Unicode string.
|
---|
1151 |
|
---|
1152 | The caller is responsible for deleting the return value with
|
---|
1153 | delete[].
|
---|
1154 | */
|
---|
1155 |
|
---|
1156 | QChar* QString::latin1ToUnicode( const char *str, uint* len, uint maxlen )
|
---|
1157 | {
|
---|
1158 | QChar* result = 0;
|
---|
1159 | uint l = 0;
|
---|
1160 | if ( str ) {
|
---|
1161 | if ( maxlen != (uint)-1 ) {
|
---|
1162 | while ( l < maxlen && str[l] )
|
---|
1163 | l++;
|
---|
1164 | } else {
|
---|
1165 | // Faster?
|
---|
1166 | l = strlen( str );
|
---|
1167 | }
|
---|
1168 | QChar *uc = new QChar[ l ]; // Can't use macro since function is public
|
---|
1169 | result = uc;
|
---|
1170 | uint i = l;
|
---|
1171 | while ( i-- )
|
---|
1172 | *uc++ = *str++;
|
---|
1173 | }
|
---|
1174 | if ( len )
|
---|
1175 | *len = l;
|
---|
1176 | return result;
|
---|
1177 | }
|
---|
1178 |
|
---|
1179 | static QChar* internalLatin1ToUnicode( const char *str, uint* len,
|
---|
1180 | uint maxlen = (uint)-1 )
|
---|
1181 | {
|
---|
1182 | QChar* result = 0;
|
---|
1183 | uint l = 0;
|
---|
1184 | if ( str ) {
|
---|
1185 | if ( maxlen != (uint)-1 ) {
|
---|
1186 | while ( l < maxlen && str[l] )
|
---|
1187 | l++;
|
---|
1188 | } else {
|
---|
1189 | // Faster?
|
---|
1190 | l = strlen( str );
|
---|
1191 | }
|
---|
1192 | QChar *uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( l );
|
---|
1193 | result = uc;
|
---|
1194 | uint i = l;
|
---|
1195 | while ( i-- )
|
---|
1196 | *uc++ = *str++;
|
---|
1197 | }
|
---|
1198 | if ( len )
|
---|
1199 | *len = l;
|
---|
1200 | return result;
|
---|
1201 | }
|
---|
1202 |
|
---|
1203 | /*!
|
---|
1204 | This utility function converts \a l 16-bit characters from \a uc
|
---|
1205 | to ASCII, returning a '\0'-terminated string.
|
---|
1206 |
|
---|
1207 | The caller is responsible for deleting the resultant string with
|
---|
1208 | delete[].
|
---|
1209 | */
|
---|
1210 | char* QString::unicodeToLatin1(const QChar *uc, uint l)
|
---|
1211 | {
|
---|
1212 | if (!uc) {
|
---|
1213 | return 0;
|
---|
1214 | }
|
---|
1215 | char *a = new char[l+1];
|
---|
1216 | char *result = a;
|
---|
1217 | while (l--) {
|
---|
1218 | *a++ = (uc->unicode() > 0xff) ? '?' : (char)uc->unicode();
|
---|
1219 | uc++;
|
---|
1220 | }
|
---|
1221 | *a = '\0';
|
---|
1222 | return result;
|
---|
1223 | }
|
---|
1224 |
|
---|
1225 | /*****************************************************************************
|
---|
1226 | QString member functions
|
---|
1227 | *****************************************************************************/
|
---|
1228 |
|
---|
1229 | /*!
|
---|
1230 | \class QString qstring.h
|
---|
1231 | \reentrant
|
---|
1232 |
|
---|
1233 | \brief The QString class provides an abstraction of Unicode text
|
---|
1234 | and the classic C '\0'-terminated char array.
|
---|
1235 |
|
---|
1236 | \ingroup tools
|
---|
1237 | \ingroup shared
|
---|
1238 | \ingroup text
|
---|
1239 | \mainclass
|
---|
1240 |
|
---|
1241 | QString uses \link shclass.html implicit sharing\endlink, which
|
---|
1242 | makes it very efficient and easy to use.
|
---|
1243 |
|
---|
1244 | In all of the QString methods that take \c {const char *}
|
---|
1245 | parameters, the \c {const char *} is interpreted as a classic
|
---|
1246 | C-style '\0'-terminated ASCII string. It is legal for the \c
|
---|
1247 | {const char *} parameter to be 0. If the \c {const char *} is not
|
---|
1248 | '\0'-terminated, the results are undefined. Functions that copy
|
---|
1249 | classic C strings into a QString will not copy the terminating
|
---|
1250 | '\0' character. The QChar array of the QString (as returned by
|
---|
1251 | unicode()) is generally not terminated by a '\0'. If you need to
|
---|
1252 | pass a QString to a function that requires a C '\0'-terminated
|
---|
1253 | string use latin1().
|
---|
1254 |
|
---|
1255 | \keyword QString::null
|
---|
1256 | A QString that has not been assigned to anything is \e null, i.e.
|
---|
1257 | both the length and data pointer is 0. A QString that references
|
---|
1258 | the empty string ("", a single '\0' char) is \e empty. Both null
|
---|
1259 | and empty QStrings are legal parameters to the methods. Assigning
|
---|
1260 | \c{(const char *) 0} to QString gives a null QString. For
|
---|
1261 | convenience, \c QString::null is a null QString. When sorting,
|
---|
1262 | empty strings come first, followed by non-empty strings, followed
|
---|
1263 | by null strings. We recommend using \c{if ( !str.isNull() )} to
|
---|
1264 | check for a non-null string rather than \c{if ( !str )}; see \l
|
---|
1265 | operator!() for an explanation.
|
---|
1266 |
|
---|
1267 | Note that if you find that you are mixing usage of \l QCString,
|
---|
1268 | QString, and \l QByteArray, this causes lots of unnecessary
|
---|
1269 | copying and might indicate that the true nature of the data you
|
---|
1270 | are dealing with is uncertain. If the data is '\0'-terminated 8-bit
|
---|
1271 | data, use \l QCString; if it is unterminated (i.e. contains '\0's)
|
---|
1272 | 8-bit data, use \l QByteArray; if it is text, use QString.
|
---|
1273 |
|
---|
1274 | Lists of strings are handled by the QStringList class. You can
|
---|
1275 | split a string into a list of strings using QStringList::split(),
|
---|
1276 | and join a list of strings into a single string with an optional
|
---|
1277 | separator using QStringList::join(). You can obtain a list of
|
---|
1278 | strings from a string list that contain a particular substring or
|
---|
1279 | that match a particular \link qregexp.html regex\endlink using
|
---|
1280 | QStringList::grep().
|
---|
1281 |
|
---|
1282 | <b>Note for C programmers</b>
|
---|
1283 |
|
---|
1284 | Due to C++'s type system and the fact that QString is implicitly
|
---|
1285 | shared, QStrings can be treated like ints or other simple base
|
---|
1286 | types. For example:
|
---|
1287 |
|
---|
1288 | \code
|
---|
1289 | QString boolToString( bool b )
|
---|
1290 | {
|
---|
1291 | QString result;
|
---|
1292 | if ( b )
|
---|
1293 | result = "True";
|
---|
1294 | else
|
---|
1295 | result = "False";
|
---|
1296 | return result;
|
---|
1297 | }
|
---|
1298 | \endcode
|
---|
1299 |
|
---|
1300 | The variable, result, is an auto variable allocated on the stack.
|
---|
1301 | When return is called, because we're returning by value, The copy
|
---|
1302 | constructor is called and a copy of the string is returned. (No
|
---|
1303 | actual copying takes place thanks to the implicit sharing, see
|
---|
1304 | below.)
|
---|
1305 |
|
---|
1306 | Throughout Qt's source code you will encounter QString usages like
|
---|
1307 | this:
|
---|
1308 | \code
|
---|
1309 | QString func( const QString& input )
|
---|
1310 | {
|
---|
1311 | QString output = input;
|
---|
1312 | // process output
|
---|
1313 | return output;
|
---|
1314 | }
|
---|
1315 | \endcode
|
---|
1316 |
|
---|
1317 | The 'copying' of input to output is almost as fast as copying a
|
---|
1318 | pointer because behind the scenes copying is achieved by
|
---|
1319 | incrementing a reference count. QString (like all Qt's implicitly
|
---|
1320 | shared classes) operates on a copy-on-write basis, only copying if
|
---|
1321 | an instance is actually changed.
|
---|
1322 |
|
---|
1323 | If you wish to create a deep copy of a QString without losing any
|
---|
1324 | Unicode information then you should use QDeepCopy.
|
---|
1325 |
|
---|
1326 | \sa QChar QCString QByteArray QConstString
|
---|
1327 | */
|
---|
1328 |
|
---|
1329 | /*! \enum Qt::ComparisonFlags
|
---|
1330 | \internal
|
---|
1331 | */
|
---|
1332 | /*!
|
---|
1333 | \enum Qt::StringComparisonMode
|
---|
1334 |
|
---|
1335 | This enum type is used to set the string comparison mode when
|
---|
1336 | searching for an item. It is used by QListBox, QListView and
|
---|
1337 | QIconView, for example. We'll refer to the string being searched
|
---|
1338 | as the 'target' string.
|
---|
1339 |
|
---|
1340 | \value CaseSensitive The strings must match case sensitively.
|
---|
1341 | \value ExactMatch The target and search strings must match exactly.
|
---|
1342 | \value BeginsWith The target string begins with the search string.
|
---|
1343 | \value EndsWith The target string ends with the search string.
|
---|
1344 | \value Contains The target string contains the search string.
|
---|
1345 |
|
---|
1346 | If you OR these flags together (excluding \c CaseSensitive), the
|
---|
1347 | search criteria be applied in the following order: \c ExactMatch,
|
---|
1348 | \c BeginsWith, \c EndsWith, \c Contains.
|
---|
1349 |
|
---|
1350 | Matching is case-insensitive unless \c CaseSensitive is set. \c
|
---|
1351 | CaseSensitive can be OR-ed with any combination of the other
|
---|
1352 | flags.
|
---|
1353 |
|
---|
1354 | */
|
---|
1355 | Q_EXPORT QStringData *QString::shared_null = 0;
|
---|
1356 | QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QString QString::null;
|
---|
1357 | QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QChar QChar::null;
|
---|
1358 | QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QChar QChar::replacement((ushort)0xfffd);
|
---|
1359 | QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QChar QChar::byteOrderMark((ushort)0xfeff);
|
---|
1360 | QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QChar QChar::byteOrderSwapped((ushort)0xfffe);
|
---|
1361 | QT_STATIC_CONST_IMPL QChar QChar::nbsp((ushort)0x00a0);
|
---|
1362 |
|
---|
1363 | QStringData* QString::makeSharedNull()
|
---|
1364 | {
|
---|
1365 | QString::shared_null = new QStringData;
|
---|
1366 | #if defined( Q_OS_MAC ) || defined(Q_OS_SOLARIS) || defined(Q_OS_HPUX) || defined(Q_OS_AIX)
|
---|
1367 | QString *that = const_cast<QString *>(&QString::null);
|
---|
1368 | that->d = QString::shared_null;
|
---|
1369 | #endif
|
---|
1370 | return QString::shared_null;
|
---|
1371 | }
|
---|
1372 |
|
---|
1373 | /*!
|
---|
1374 | \fn QString::QString()
|
---|
1375 |
|
---|
1376 | Constructs a null string, i.e. both the length and data pointer
|
---|
1377 | are 0.
|
---|
1378 |
|
---|
1379 | \sa isNull()
|
---|
1380 | */
|
---|
1381 |
|
---|
1382 | /*!
|
---|
1383 | Constructs a string of length one, containing the character \a ch.
|
---|
1384 | */
|
---|
1385 | QString::QString( QChar ch )
|
---|
1386 | {
|
---|
1387 | d = new QStringData( QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( 1 ), 1, 1 );
|
---|
1388 | d->unicode[0] = ch;
|
---|
1389 | }
|
---|
1390 |
|
---|
1391 | /*!
|
---|
1392 | Constructs an implicitly shared copy of \a s. This is very fast
|
---|
1393 | since it only involves incrementing a reference count.
|
---|
1394 | */
|
---|
1395 | QString::QString( const QString &s ) :
|
---|
1396 | d(s.d)
|
---|
1397 | {
|
---|
1398 | d->ref();
|
---|
1399 | }
|
---|
1400 |
|
---|
1401 | /*!
|
---|
1402 | \internal
|
---|
1403 |
|
---|
1404 | Private function.
|
---|
1405 |
|
---|
1406 | Constructs a string with preallocated space for \a size characters.
|
---|
1407 |
|
---|
1408 | The string is empty.
|
---|
1409 |
|
---|
1410 | \sa isNull()
|
---|
1411 | */
|
---|
1412 |
|
---|
1413 | QString::QString( int size, bool /*dummy*/ )
|
---|
1414 | {
|
---|
1415 | if ( size ) {
|
---|
1416 | int l = size;
|
---|
1417 | QChar* uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( l );
|
---|
1418 | d = new QStringData( uc, 0, l );
|
---|
1419 | } else {
|
---|
1420 | d = shared_null ? shared_null : (shared_null=new QStringData);
|
---|
1421 | d->ref();
|
---|
1422 | }
|
---|
1423 | }
|
---|
1424 |
|
---|
1425 | /*!
|
---|
1426 | Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \a ba interpreted as a
|
---|
1427 | classic C string.
|
---|
1428 | */
|
---|
1429 |
|
---|
1430 | QString::QString( const QByteArray& ba )
|
---|
1431 | {
|
---|
1432 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
1433 | if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
|
---|
1434 | d = 0;
|
---|
1435 | *this = fromAscii( ba.data(), ba.size() );
|
---|
1436 | return;
|
---|
1437 | }
|
---|
1438 | #endif
|
---|
1439 | uint l;
|
---|
1440 | QChar *uc = internalLatin1ToUnicode(ba,&l);
|
---|
1441 | d = new QStringData(uc,l,l);
|
---|
1442 | }
|
---|
1443 |
|
---|
1444 | /*!
|
---|
1445 | Constructs a string that is a deep copy of the first \a length
|
---|
1446 | characters in the QChar array.
|
---|
1447 |
|
---|
1448 | If \a unicode and \a length are 0, then a null string is created.
|
---|
1449 |
|
---|
1450 | If only \a unicode is 0, the string is empty but has \a length
|
---|
1451 | characters of space preallocated: QString expands automatically
|
---|
1452 | anyway, but this may speed up some cases a little. We recommend
|
---|
1453 | using the plain constructor and setLength() for this purpose since
|
---|
1454 | it will result in more readable code.
|
---|
1455 |
|
---|
1456 | \sa isNull() setLength()
|
---|
1457 | */
|
---|
1458 |
|
---|
1459 | QString::QString( const QChar* unicode, uint length )
|
---|
1460 | {
|
---|
1461 | if ( !unicode && !length ) {
|
---|
1462 | d = shared_null ? shared_null : makeSharedNull();
|
---|
1463 | d->ref();
|
---|
1464 | } else {
|
---|
1465 | QChar* uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( length );
|
---|
1466 | if ( unicode )
|
---|
1467 | memcpy(uc, unicode, length*sizeof(QChar));
|
---|
1468 | d = new QStringData(uc,unicode ? length : 0,length);
|
---|
1469 | }
|
---|
1470 | }
|
---|
1471 |
|
---|
1472 | /*!
|
---|
1473 | Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \a str, interpreted as
|
---|
1474 | a classic C string.
|
---|
1475 |
|
---|
1476 | If \a str is 0, then a null string is created.
|
---|
1477 |
|
---|
1478 | This is a cast constructor, but it is perfectly safe: converting a
|
---|
1479 | Latin-1 \c{const char *} to QString preserves all the information. You
|
---|
1480 | can disable this constructor by defining \c QT_NO_CAST_ASCII when
|
---|
1481 | you compile your applications. You can also make QString objects
|
---|
1482 | by using setLatin1(), fromLatin1(), fromLocal8Bit(), and
|
---|
1483 | fromUtf8(). Or whatever encoding is appropriate for the 8-bit data
|
---|
1484 | you have.
|
---|
1485 |
|
---|
1486 | \sa isNull()
|
---|
1487 | */
|
---|
1488 |
|
---|
1489 | QString::QString( const char *str )
|
---|
1490 | {
|
---|
1491 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
1492 | if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
|
---|
1493 | d = 0;
|
---|
1494 | *this = fromAscii( str );
|
---|
1495 | return;
|
---|
1496 | }
|
---|
1497 | #endif
|
---|
1498 | uint l;
|
---|
1499 | QChar *uc = internalLatin1ToUnicode(str,&l);
|
---|
1500 | d = new QStringData(uc,l,l);
|
---|
1501 | }
|
---|
1502 |
|
---|
1503 | #ifndef QT_NO_STL
|
---|
1504 | /*!
|
---|
1505 | Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \a str.
|
---|
1506 |
|
---|
1507 | This is the same as fromAscii(\a str).
|
---|
1508 | */
|
---|
1509 |
|
---|
1510 | QString::QString( const std::string &str )
|
---|
1511 | {
|
---|
1512 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
1513 | if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
|
---|
1514 | d = 0;
|
---|
1515 | *this = fromAscii( str.c_str() );
|
---|
1516 | return;
|
---|
1517 | }
|
---|
1518 | #endif
|
---|
1519 | uint l;
|
---|
1520 | QChar *uc = internalLatin1ToUnicode(str.c_str(),&l);
|
---|
1521 | d = new QStringData(uc,l,l);
|
---|
1522 | }
|
---|
1523 | #endif
|
---|
1524 |
|
---|
1525 | /*!
|
---|
1526 | \fn QString::~QString()
|
---|
1527 |
|
---|
1528 | Destroys the string and frees the string's data if this is the
|
---|
1529 | last reference to the string.
|
---|
1530 | */
|
---|
1531 |
|
---|
1532 |
|
---|
1533 | /*!
|
---|
1534 | Deallocates any space reserved solely by this QString.
|
---|
1535 |
|
---|
1536 | If the string does not share its data with another QString
|
---|
1537 | instance, nothing happens; otherwise the function creates a new,
|
---|
1538 | unique copy of this string. This function is called whenever the
|
---|
1539 | string is modified.
|
---|
1540 | */
|
---|
1541 |
|
---|
1542 | void QString::real_detach()
|
---|
1543 | {
|
---|
1544 | setLength( length() );
|
---|
1545 | }
|
---|
1546 |
|
---|
1547 | void QString::deref()
|
---|
1548 | {
|
---|
1549 | if ( d && d->deref() ) {
|
---|
1550 | if ( d != shared_null )
|
---|
1551 | delete d;
|
---|
1552 | d = 0;
|
---|
1553 | }
|
---|
1554 | }
|
---|
1555 |
|
---|
1556 | void QStringData::deleteSelf()
|
---|
1557 | {
|
---|
1558 | delete this;
|
---|
1559 | }
|
---|
1560 |
|
---|
1561 | /*!
|
---|
1562 | \fn QString& QString::operator=( QChar c )
|
---|
1563 |
|
---|
1564 | Sets the string to contain just the single character \a c.
|
---|
1565 | */
|
---|
1566 |
|
---|
1567 | /*!
|
---|
1568 | \fn QString& QString::operator=( const std::string& s )
|
---|
1569 |
|
---|
1570 | \overload
|
---|
1571 |
|
---|
1572 | Makes a deep copy of \a s and returns a reference to the deep
|
---|
1573 | copy.
|
---|
1574 | */
|
---|
1575 |
|
---|
1576 | /*!
|
---|
1577 | \fn QString& QString::operator=( char c )
|
---|
1578 |
|
---|
1579 | \overload
|
---|
1580 |
|
---|
1581 | Sets the string to contain just the single character \a c.
|
---|
1582 | */
|
---|
1583 |
|
---|
1584 | /*!
|
---|
1585 | \overload
|
---|
1586 |
|
---|
1587 | Assigns a shallow copy of \a s to this string and returns a
|
---|
1588 | reference to this string. This is very fast because the string
|
---|
1589 | isn't actually copied.
|
---|
1590 | */
|
---|
1591 | QString &QString::operator=( const QString &s )
|
---|
1592 | {
|
---|
1593 | s.d->ref();
|
---|
1594 | deref();
|
---|
1595 | d = s.d;
|
---|
1596 | return *this;
|
---|
1597 | }
|
---|
1598 |
|
---|
1599 | /*!
|
---|
1600 | \overload
|
---|
1601 |
|
---|
1602 | Assigns a deep copy of \a cstr, interpreted as a classic C
|
---|
1603 | string, to this string. Returns a reference to this string.
|
---|
1604 | */
|
---|
1605 | QString &QString::operator=( const QCString& cstr )
|
---|
1606 | {
|
---|
1607 | return setAscii( cstr );
|
---|
1608 | }
|
---|
1609 |
|
---|
1610 |
|
---|
1611 | /*!
|
---|
1612 | \overload
|
---|
1613 |
|
---|
1614 | Assigns a deep copy of \a str, interpreted as a classic C string
|
---|
1615 | to this string and returns a reference to this string.
|
---|
1616 |
|
---|
1617 | If \a str is 0, then a null string is created.
|
---|
1618 |
|
---|
1619 | \sa isNull()
|
---|
1620 | */
|
---|
1621 | QString &QString::operator=( const char *str )
|
---|
1622 | {
|
---|
1623 | return setAscii(str);
|
---|
1624 | }
|
---|
1625 |
|
---|
1626 |
|
---|
1627 | /*!
|
---|
1628 | \fn bool QString::isNull() const
|
---|
1629 |
|
---|
1630 | Returns TRUE if the string is null; otherwise returns FALSE. A
|
---|
1631 | null string is always empty.
|
---|
1632 |
|
---|
1633 | \code
|
---|
1634 | QString a; // a.unicode() == 0, a.length() == 0
|
---|
1635 | a.isNull(); // TRUE, because a.unicode() == 0
|
---|
1636 | a.isEmpty(); // TRUE, because a.length() == 0
|
---|
1637 | \endcode
|
---|
1638 |
|
---|
1639 | \sa isEmpty(), length()
|
---|
1640 | */
|
---|
1641 |
|
---|
1642 | /*!
|
---|
1643 | \fn bool QString::isEmpty() const
|
---|
1644 |
|
---|
1645 | Returns TRUE if the string is empty, i.e. if length() == 0;
|
---|
1646 | otherwise returns FALSE. Null strings are also empty.
|
---|
1647 |
|
---|
1648 | \code
|
---|
1649 | QString a( "" );
|
---|
1650 | a.isEmpty(); // TRUE
|
---|
1651 | a.isNull(); // FALSE
|
---|
1652 |
|
---|
1653 | QString b;
|
---|
1654 | b.isEmpty(); // TRUE
|
---|
1655 | b.isNull(); // TRUE
|
---|
1656 | \endcode
|
---|
1657 |
|
---|
1658 | \sa isNull(), length()
|
---|
1659 | */
|
---|
1660 |
|
---|
1661 | /*!
|
---|
1662 | \fn uint QString::length() const
|
---|
1663 |
|
---|
1664 | Returns the length of the string.
|
---|
1665 |
|
---|
1666 | Null strings and empty strings have zero length.
|
---|
1667 |
|
---|
1668 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
1669 | */
|
---|
1670 |
|
---|
1671 | /*!
|
---|
1672 | If \a newLen is less than the length of the string, then the
|
---|
1673 | string is truncated at position \a newLen. Otherwise nothing
|
---|
1674 | happens.
|
---|
1675 |
|
---|
1676 | \code
|
---|
1677 | QString s = "truncate me";
|
---|
1678 | s.truncate( 5 ); // s == "trunc"
|
---|
1679 | \endcode
|
---|
1680 |
|
---|
1681 | \sa setLength()
|
---|
1682 | */
|
---|
1683 |
|
---|
1684 | void QString::truncate( uint newLen )
|
---|
1685 | {
|
---|
1686 | if ( newLen < d->len )
|
---|
1687 | setLength( newLen );
|
---|
1688 | }
|
---|
1689 |
|
---|
1690 | /*!
|
---|
1691 | Ensures that at least \a newLen characters are allocated to the
|
---|
1692 | string, and sets the length of the string to \a newLen. Any new
|
---|
1693 | space allocated contains arbitrary data.
|
---|
1694 |
|
---|
1695 | \sa reserve(), truncate()
|
---|
1696 | */
|
---|
1697 | void QString::setLength( uint newLen )
|
---|
1698 | {
|
---|
1699 | if ( d->count != 1 || newLen > d->maxl ||
|
---|
1700 | ( newLen * 4 < d->maxl && d->maxl > 4 ) ) {
|
---|
1701 | // detach, grow or shrink
|
---|
1702 | uint newMax = computeNewMax( newLen );
|
---|
1703 | QChar* nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( newMax );
|
---|
1704 | if ( nd ) {
|
---|
1705 | uint len = QMIN( d->len, newLen );
|
---|
1706 | memcpy( nd, d->unicode, sizeof(QChar) * len );
|
---|
1707 | deref();
|
---|
1708 | d = new QStringData( nd, newLen, newMax );
|
---|
1709 | }
|
---|
1710 | } else {
|
---|
1711 | d->len = newLen;
|
---|
1712 | d->setDirty();
|
---|
1713 | }
|
---|
1714 | }
|
---|
1715 |
|
---|
1716 | /*!
|
---|
1717 | \fn uint QString::capacity() const
|
---|
1718 |
|
---|
1719 | Returns the number of characters this string can hold
|
---|
1720 | in the allocated memory.
|
---|
1721 |
|
---|
1722 | \sa reserve(), squeeze()
|
---|
1723 | */
|
---|
1724 |
|
---|
1725 | /*!
|
---|
1726 | Ensures that at least \a minCapacity characters are allocated to
|
---|
1727 | the string.
|
---|
1728 |
|
---|
1729 | This function is useful for code that needs to build up a long
|
---|
1730 | string and wants to avoid repeated reallocation. In this example,
|
---|
1731 | we want to add to the string until some condition is true, and
|
---|
1732 | we're fairly sure that size is big enough:
|
---|
1733 | \code
|
---|
1734 | QString result;
|
---|
1735 | int len = 0;
|
---|
1736 | result.reserve(maxLen);
|
---|
1737 | while (...) {
|
---|
1738 | result[len++] = ... // fill part of the space
|
---|
1739 | }
|
---|
1740 | result.squeeze();
|
---|
1741 | \endcode
|
---|
1742 |
|
---|
1743 | If \e maxLen is an underestimate, the worst that will happen is
|
---|
1744 | that the loop will slow down.
|
---|
1745 |
|
---|
1746 | If it is not possible to allocate enough memory, the string
|
---|
1747 | remains unchanged.
|
---|
1748 |
|
---|
1749 | \sa capacity(), squeeze(), setLength()
|
---|
1750 | */
|
---|
1751 |
|
---|
1752 | void QString::reserve( uint minCapacity )
|
---|
1753 | {
|
---|
1754 | if ( d->maxl < minCapacity ) {
|
---|
1755 | QChar *nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( minCapacity );
|
---|
1756 | if ( nd ) {
|
---|
1757 | uint len = d->len;
|
---|
1758 | if ( len )
|
---|
1759 | memcpy( nd, d->unicode, sizeof(QChar) * len );
|
---|
1760 | deref();
|
---|
1761 | d = new QStringData( nd, len, minCapacity );
|
---|
1762 | }
|
---|
1763 | }
|
---|
1764 | }
|
---|
1765 |
|
---|
1766 |
|
---|
1767 | /*!
|
---|
1768 | Squeezes the string's capacity to the current content.
|
---|
1769 |
|
---|
1770 | \sa capacity(), reserve()
|
---|
1771 | */
|
---|
1772 | void QString::squeeze()
|
---|
1773 | {
|
---|
1774 | if ( d->maxl > d->len ) {
|
---|
1775 | QChar *nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( d->len );
|
---|
1776 | if ( nd ) {
|
---|
1777 | uint len = d->len;
|
---|
1778 | if ( len )
|
---|
1779 | memcpy( nd, d->unicode, sizeof(QChar) * len );
|
---|
1780 | deref();
|
---|
1781 | d = new QStringData( nd, len, len );
|
---|
1782 | }
|
---|
1783 | }
|
---|
1784 | }
|
---|
1785 |
|
---|
1786 | /*!
|
---|
1787 | \internal
|
---|
1788 |
|
---|
1789 | Like setLength, but doesn't shrink the allocated memory.
|
---|
1790 | */
|
---|
1791 | void QString::grow( uint newLen )
|
---|
1792 | {
|
---|
1793 | if ( d->count != 1 || newLen > d->maxl ) {
|
---|
1794 | setLength( newLen );
|
---|
1795 | } else {
|
---|
1796 | d->len = newLen;
|
---|
1797 | d->setDirty();
|
---|
1798 | }
|
---|
1799 | }
|
---|
1800 |
|
---|
1801 | struct ArgEscapeData
|
---|
1802 | {
|
---|
1803 | uint min_escape; // lowest escape sequence number
|
---|
1804 | uint occurrences; // number of occurences of the lowest escape
|
---|
1805 | // sequence number
|
---|
1806 | uint locale_occurrences; // number of occurences of the lowest escape
|
---|
1807 | // sequence number which contain 'L'
|
---|
1808 | uint escape_len; // total length of escape sequences which will
|
---|
1809 | // be replaced
|
---|
1810 | };
|
---|
1811 |
|
---|
1812 | static ArgEscapeData findArgEscapes(const QString &s)
|
---|
1813 | {
|
---|
1814 | const QChar *uc_begin = s.unicode();
|
---|
1815 | const QChar *uc_end = uc_begin + s.length();
|
---|
1816 |
|
---|
1817 | ArgEscapeData d;
|
---|
1818 |
|
---|
1819 | d.min_escape = 10;
|
---|
1820 | d.occurrences = 0;
|
---|
1821 | d.escape_len = 0;
|
---|
1822 | d.locale_occurrences = 0;
|
---|
1823 |
|
---|
1824 | const QChar *c = uc_begin;
|
---|
1825 | while (c != uc_end) {
|
---|
1826 | while (c != uc_end && c->unicode() != '%')
|
---|
1827 | ++c;
|
---|
1828 |
|
---|
1829 | if (c == uc_end || ++c == uc_end)
|
---|
1830 | break;
|
---|
1831 |
|
---|
1832 | bool locale_arg = false;
|
---|
1833 | if (c->unicode() == 'L') {
|
---|
1834 | locale_arg = true;
|
---|
1835 | if (++c == uc_end)
|
---|
1836 | break;
|
---|
1837 | }
|
---|
1838 |
|
---|
1839 | if (c->unicode() < '0' || c->unicode() > '9')
|
---|
1840 | continue;
|
---|
1841 |
|
---|
1842 | uint escape = c->unicode() - '0';
|
---|
1843 | ++c;
|
---|
1844 |
|
---|
1845 | if (escape > d.min_escape)
|
---|
1846 | continue;
|
---|
1847 |
|
---|
1848 | if (escape < d.min_escape) {
|
---|
1849 | d.min_escape = escape;
|
---|
1850 | d.occurrences = 0;
|
---|
1851 | d.escape_len = 0;
|
---|
1852 | d.locale_occurrences = 0;
|
---|
1853 | }
|
---|
1854 |
|
---|
1855 | #if QT_VERSION < 0x040000
|
---|
1856 | // ### remove preprocessor in Qt 4.0
|
---|
1857 | /* Since in Qt < 4.0 only the first instance is replaced,
|
---|
1858 | escape_len should hold the length of only the first escape
|
---|
1859 | sequence */
|
---|
1860 | if (d.occurrences == 0)
|
---|
1861 | #endif
|
---|
1862 | {
|
---|
1863 | ++d.occurrences;
|
---|
1864 | if (locale_arg) {
|
---|
1865 | ++d.locale_occurrences;
|
---|
1866 | d.escape_len += 3;
|
---|
1867 | }
|
---|
1868 | else
|
---|
1869 | d.escape_len += 2;
|
---|
1870 | }
|
---|
1871 | }
|
---|
1872 |
|
---|
1873 | return d;
|
---|
1874 | }
|
---|
1875 |
|
---|
1876 | static QString replaceArgEscapes(const QString &s, const ArgEscapeData &d, int field_width,
|
---|
1877 | const QString &arg, const QString &larg)
|
---|
1878 | {
|
---|
1879 | const QChar *uc_begin = s.unicode();
|
---|
1880 | const QChar *uc_end = uc_begin + s.length();
|
---|
1881 |
|
---|
1882 | uint abs_field_width = QABS(field_width);
|
---|
1883 | uint result_len = s.length()
|
---|
1884 | - d.escape_len
|
---|
1885 | + (d.occurrences - d.locale_occurrences)
|
---|
1886 | *QMAX(abs_field_width, arg.length())
|
---|
1887 | + d.locale_occurrences
|
---|
1888 | *QMAX(abs_field_width, larg.length());
|
---|
1889 |
|
---|
1890 | QString result;
|
---|
1891 | result.setLength(result_len);
|
---|
1892 | QChar *result_buff = (QChar*) result.unicode();
|
---|
1893 |
|
---|
1894 | QChar *rc = result_buff;
|
---|
1895 | const QChar *c = uc_begin;
|
---|
1896 | uint repl_cnt = 0;
|
---|
1897 | while (c != uc_end) {
|
---|
1898 | /* We don't have to check if we run off the end of the string with c,
|
---|
1899 | because as long as d.occurrences > 0 we KNOW there are valid escape
|
---|
1900 | sequences. */
|
---|
1901 |
|
---|
1902 | const QChar *text_start = c;
|
---|
1903 |
|
---|
1904 | while (c->unicode() != '%')
|
---|
1905 | ++c;
|
---|
1906 |
|
---|
1907 | const QChar *escape_start = c++;
|
---|
1908 |
|
---|
1909 | bool locale_arg = false;
|
---|
1910 | if (c->unicode() == 'L') {
|
---|
1911 | locale_arg = true;
|
---|
1912 | ++c;
|
---|
1913 | }
|
---|
1914 |
|
---|
1915 | if (c->unicode() != '0' + d.min_escape) {
|
---|
1916 | memcpy(rc, text_start, (c - text_start)*sizeof(QChar));
|
---|
1917 | rc += c - text_start;
|
---|
1918 | }
|
---|
1919 | else {
|
---|
1920 | ++c;
|
---|
1921 |
|
---|
1922 | memcpy(rc, text_start, (escape_start - text_start)*sizeof(QChar));
|
---|
1923 | rc += escape_start - text_start;
|
---|
1924 |
|
---|
1925 | uint pad_chars;
|
---|
1926 | if (locale_arg)
|
---|
1927 | pad_chars = QMAX(abs_field_width, larg.length()) - larg.length();
|
---|
1928 | else
|
---|
1929 | pad_chars = QMAX(abs_field_width, arg.length()) - arg.length();
|
---|
1930 |
|
---|
1931 | if (field_width > 0) { // left padded
|
---|
1932 | for (uint i = 0; i < pad_chars; ++i)
|
---|
1933 | (rc++)->unicode() = ' ';
|
---|
1934 | }
|
---|
1935 |
|
---|
1936 | if (locale_arg) {
|
---|
1937 | memcpy(rc, larg.unicode(), larg.length()*sizeof(QChar));
|
---|
1938 | rc += larg.length();
|
---|
1939 | }
|
---|
1940 | else {
|
---|
1941 | memcpy(rc, arg.unicode(), arg.length()*sizeof(QChar));
|
---|
1942 | rc += arg.length();
|
---|
1943 | }
|
---|
1944 |
|
---|
1945 | if (field_width < 0) { // right padded
|
---|
1946 | for (uint i = 0; i < pad_chars; ++i)
|
---|
1947 | (rc++)->unicode() = ' ';
|
---|
1948 | }
|
---|
1949 |
|
---|
1950 | if (++repl_cnt == d.occurrences) {
|
---|
1951 | memcpy(rc, c, (uc_end - c)*sizeof(QChar));
|
---|
1952 | rc += uc_end - c;
|
---|
1953 | Q_ASSERT(rc - result_buff == (int)result_len);
|
---|
1954 | c = uc_end;
|
---|
1955 | }
|
---|
1956 | }
|
---|
1957 | }
|
---|
1958 |
|
---|
1959 | return result;
|
---|
1960 | }
|
---|
1961 |
|
---|
1962 | /*!
|
---|
1963 | This function will return a string that replaces the lowest
|
---|
1964 | numbered occurrence of \c %1, \c %2, ..., \c %9 with \a a.
|
---|
1965 |
|
---|
1966 | The \a fieldWidth value specifies the minimum amount of space that
|
---|
1967 | \a a is padded to. A positive value will produce right-aligned
|
---|
1968 | text, whereas a negative value will produce left-aligned text.
|
---|
1969 |
|
---|
1970 | The following example shows how we could create a 'status' string
|
---|
1971 | when processing a list of files:
|
---|
1972 | \code
|
---|
1973 | QString status = QString( "Processing file %1 of %2: %3" )
|
---|
1974 | .arg( i ) // current file's number
|
---|
1975 | .arg( total ) // number of files to process
|
---|
1976 | .arg( fileName ); // current file's name
|
---|
1977 | \endcode
|
---|
1978 |
|
---|
1979 | It is generally fine to use filenames and numbers as we have done
|
---|
1980 | in the example above. But note that using arg() to construct
|
---|
1981 | natural language sentences does not usually translate well into
|
---|
1982 | other languages because sentence structure and word order often
|
---|
1983 | differ between languages.
|
---|
1984 |
|
---|
1985 | If there is no place marker (\c %1, \c %2, etc.), a warning
|
---|
1986 | message (qWarning()) is output and the result is undefined.
|
---|
1987 | */
|
---|
1988 | QString QString::arg( const QString& a, int fieldWidth ) const
|
---|
1989 | {
|
---|
1990 | ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this);
|
---|
1991 |
|
---|
1992 | if (d.occurrences == 0) {
|
---|
1993 | qWarning( "QString::arg(): Argument missing: %s, %s", latin1(),
|
---|
1994 | a.latin1() );
|
---|
1995 | return *this;
|
---|
1996 | }
|
---|
1997 |
|
---|
1998 | return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, a, a);
|
---|
1999 | }
|
---|
2000 |
|
---|
2001 | /*!
|
---|
2002 | \fn QString QString::arg( const QString& a1, const QString& a2 ) const
|
---|
2003 |
|
---|
2004 | \overload
|
---|
2005 |
|
---|
2006 | This is the same as str.arg(\a a1).arg(\a a2), except that
|
---|
2007 | the strings are replaced in one pass. This can make a difference
|
---|
2008 | if \a a1 contains e.g. \c{%1}:
|
---|
2009 |
|
---|
2010 | \code
|
---|
2011 | QString str( "%1 %2" );
|
---|
2012 | str.arg( "Hello", "world" ); // returns "Hello world"
|
---|
2013 | str.arg( "Hello" ).arg( "world" ); // returns "Hello world"
|
---|
2014 |
|
---|
2015 | str.arg( "(%1)", "Hello" ); // returns "(%1) Hello"
|
---|
2016 | str.arg( "(%1)" ).arg( "Hello" ); // returns "(Hello) %2"
|
---|
2017 | \endcode
|
---|
2018 | */
|
---|
2019 |
|
---|
2020 | /*!
|
---|
2021 | \fn QString QString::arg( const QString& a1, const QString& a2,
|
---|
2022 | const QString& a3 ) const
|
---|
2023 | \overload
|
---|
2024 |
|
---|
2025 | This is the same as calling str.arg(\a a1).arg(\a a2).arg(\a a3),
|
---|
2026 | except that the strings are replaced in one pass.
|
---|
2027 | */
|
---|
2028 |
|
---|
2029 | /*!
|
---|
2030 | \fn QString QString::arg( const QString& a1, const QString& a2,
|
---|
2031 | const QString& a3, const QString& a4 ) const
|
---|
2032 | \overload
|
---|
2033 |
|
---|
2034 | This is the same as calling
|
---|
2035 | str.arg(\a a1).arg(\a a2).arg(\a a3).arg(\a a4),
|
---|
2036 | except that the strings are replaced in one pass.
|
---|
2037 | */
|
---|
2038 |
|
---|
2039 | /*!
|
---|
2040 | \overload
|
---|
2041 |
|
---|
2042 | The \a fieldWidth value specifies the minimum amount of space that
|
---|
2043 | \a a is padded to. A positive value will produce a right-aligned
|
---|
2044 | number, whereas a negative value will produce a left-aligned
|
---|
2045 | number.
|
---|
2046 |
|
---|
2047 | \a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
---|
2048 | be between 2 and 36.
|
---|
2049 |
|
---|
2050 | The '%' can be followed by an 'L', in which case the sequence is
|
---|
2051 | replaced with a localized representation of \a a. The conversion uses
|
---|
2052 | the default locale, set by QLocale::setDefaultLocale(). If no default
|
---|
2053 | locale was specified, the "C" locale is used. The 'L' flag is ignored
|
---|
2054 | if \a base is not 10.
|
---|
2055 |
|
---|
2056 | \code
|
---|
2057 | QString str;
|
---|
2058 | str = QString( "Decimal 63 is %1 in hexadecimal" )
|
---|
2059 | .arg( 63, 0, 16 );
|
---|
2060 | // str == "Decimal 63 is 3f in hexadecimal"
|
---|
2061 |
|
---|
2062 | QLocale::setDefaultLocale(QLocale::English, QLocale::UnitedStates);
|
---|
2063 | str = QString( "%1 %L2 %L3" )
|
---|
2064 | .arg( 12345 )
|
---|
2065 | .arg( 12345 )
|
---|
2066 | .arg( 12345, 0, 16 );
|
---|
2067 | // str == "12345 12,345 3039"
|
---|
2068 | \endcode
|
---|
2069 | */
|
---|
2070 | QString QString::arg( long a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
---|
2071 | {
|
---|
2072 | return arg((Q_LLONG)a, fieldWidth, base);
|
---|
2073 | }
|
---|
2074 |
|
---|
2075 | /*!
|
---|
2076 | \overload
|
---|
2077 |
|
---|
2078 | \a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
---|
2079 | be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%l' syntax can be used
|
---|
2080 | to produce localized strings.
|
---|
2081 | */
|
---|
2082 | QString QString::arg( ulong a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
---|
2083 | {
|
---|
2084 | return arg((Q_ULLONG)a, fieldWidth, base);
|
---|
2085 | }
|
---|
2086 |
|
---|
2087 | /*!
|
---|
2088 | \overload
|
---|
2089 |
|
---|
2090 | \a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
---|
2091 | be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%l' syntax can be used
|
---|
2092 | to produce localized strings.
|
---|
2093 | */
|
---|
2094 | QString QString::arg( Q_LLONG a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
---|
2095 | {
|
---|
2096 | ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this);
|
---|
2097 |
|
---|
2098 | if (d.occurrences == 0) {
|
---|
2099 | qWarning( "QString::arg(): Argument missing: %s, %lld", latin1(),
|
---|
2100 | a );
|
---|
2101 | return *this;
|
---|
2102 | }
|
---|
2103 |
|
---|
2104 | QString arg;
|
---|
2105 | if (d.occurrences > d.locale_occurrences)
|
---|
2106 | arg = number(a, base);
|
---|
2107 |
|
---|
2108 | QString locale_arg;
|
---|
2109 | if (d.locale_occurrences > 0) {
|
---|
2110 | QLocale locale;
|
---|
2111 | locale_arg = locale.d->longLongToString(a, -1, base, -1, QLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup);
|
---|
2112 | }
|
---|
2113 |
|
---|
2114 | return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, arg, locale_arg);
|
---|
2115 | }
|
---|
2116 |
|
---|
2117 | /*!
|
---|
2118 | \overload
|
---|
2119 |
|
---|
2120 | \a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
---|
2121 | be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%l' syntax can be used
|
---|
2122 | to produce localized strings.
|
---|
2123 | */
|
---|
2124 | QString QString::arg( Q_ULLONG a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
---|
2125 | {
|
---|
2126 | ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this);
|
---|
2127 |
|
---|
2128 | if (d.occurrences == 0) {
|
---|
2129 | qWarning( "QString::arg(): Argument missing: %s, %llu", latin1(),
|
---|
2130 | a );
|
---|
2131 | return *this;
|
---|
2132 | }
|
---|
2133 |
|
---|
2134 | QString arg;
|
---|
2135 | if (d.occurrences > d.locale_occurrences)
|
---|
2136 | arg = number(a, base);
|
---|
2137 |
|
---|
2138 | QString locale_arg;
|
---|
2139 | if (d.locale_occurrences > 0) {
|
---|
2140 | QLocale locale;
|
---|
2141 | locale_arg = locale.d->unsLongLongToString(a, -1, base, -1, QLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup);
|
---|
2142 | }
|
---|
2143 |
|
---|
2144 | return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, arg, locale_arg);
|
---|
2145 | }
|
---|
2146 |
|
---|
2147 | /*!
|
---|
2148 | \fn QString QString::arg( int a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
---|
2149 |
|
---|
2150 | \overload
|
---|
2151 |
|
---|
2152 | \a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
---|
2153 | be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%l' syntax can be used
|
---|
2154 | to produce localized strings.
|
---|
2155 | */
|
---|
2156 |
|
---|
2157 | /*!
|
---|
2158 | \fn QString QString::arg( uint a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
---|
2159 |
|
---|
2160 | \overload
|
---|
2161 |
|
---|
2162 | \a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
---|
2163 | be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%l' syntax can be used
|
---|
2164 | to produce localized strings.
|
---|
2165 | */
|
---|
2166 |
|
---|
2167 | /*!
|
---|
2168 | \fn QString QString::arg( short a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
---|
2169 |
|
---|
2170 | \overload
|
---|
2171 |
|
---|
2172 | \a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
---|
2173 | be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%l' syntax can be used
|
---|
2174 | to produce localized strings.
|
---|
2175 | */
|
---|
2176 |
|
---|
2177 | /*!
|
---|
2178 | \fn QString QString::arg( ushort a, int fieldWidth, int base ) const
|
---|
2179 |
|
---|
2180 | \overload
|
---|
2181 |
|
---|
2182 | \a a is expressed in base \a base, which is 10 by default and must
|
---|
2183 | be between 2 and 36. If \a base is 10, the '%l' syntax can be used
|
---|
2184 | to produce localized strings.
|
---|
2185 | */
|
---|
2186 |
|
---|
2187 |
|
---|
2188 | /*!
|
---|
2189 | \overload
|
---|
2190 |
|
---|
2191 | \a a is assumed to be in the Latin-1 character set.
|
---|
2192 | */
|
---|
2193 | QString QString::arg( char a, int fieldWidth ) const
|
---|
2194 | {
|
---|
2195 | QString c;
|
---|
2196 | c += a;
|
---|
2197 | return arg( c, fieldWidth );
|
---|
2198 | }
|
---|
2199 |
|
---|
2200 | /*!
|
---|
2201 | \overload
|
---|
2202 | */
|
---|
2203 | QString QString::arg( QChar a, int fieldWidth ) const
|
---|
2204 | {
|
---|
2205 | QString c;
|
---|
2206 | c += a;
|
---|
2207 | return arg( c, fieldWidth );
|
---|
2208 | }
|
---|
2209 |
|
---|
2210 | /*!
|
---|
2211 | \overload
|
---|
2212 |
|
---|
2213 | \target arg-formats
|
---|
2214 |
|
---|
2215 | Argument \a a is formatted according to the \a fmt format specified,
|
---|
2216 | which is 'g' by default and can be any of the following:
|
---|
2217 |
|
---|
2218 | \table
|
---|
2219 | \header \i Format \i Meaning
|
---|
2220 | \row \i \c e \i format as [-]9.9e[+|-]999
|
---|
2221 | \row \i \c E \i format as [-]9.9E[+|-]999
|
---|
2222 | \row \i \c f \i format as [-]9.9
|
---|
2223 | \row \i \c g \i use \c e or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
|
---|
2224 | \row \i \c G \i use \c E or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
|
---|
2225 | \endtable
|
---|
2226 |
|
---|
2227 | With 'e', 'E', and 'f', \a prec is the number of digits after the
|
---|
2228 | decimal point. With 'g' and 'G', \a prec is the maximum number of
|
---|
2229 | significant digits (trailing zeroes are omitted).
|
---|
2230 |
|
---|
2231 | \code
|
---|
2232 | double d = 12.34;
|
---|
2233 | QString ds = QString( "'E' format, precision 3, gives %1" )
|
---|
2234 | .arg( d, 0, 'E', 3 );
|
---|
2235 | // ds == "1.234E+001"
|
---|
2236 | \endcode
|
---|
2237 |
|
---|
2238 | The '%l' syntax can be used to produce localized strings.
|
---|
2239 | */
|
---|
2240 | QString QString::arg( double a, int fieldWidth, char fmt, int prec ) const
|
---|
2241 | {
|
---|
2242 | ArgEscapeData d = findArgEscapes(*this);
|
---|
2243 |
|
---|
2244 | if (d.occurrences == 0) {
|
---|
2245 | qWarning( "QString::arg(): Argument missing: %s, %g", latin1(),
|
---|
2246 | a );
|
---|
2247 | return *this;
|
---|
2248 | }
|
---|
2249 |
|
---|
2250 | QString arg;
|
---|
2251 | if (d.occurrences > d.locale_occurrences)
|
---|
2252 | arg = number(a, fmt, prec);
|
---|
2253 |
|
---|
2254 | QString locale_arg;
|
---|
2255 | if (d.locale_occurrences > 0) {
|
---|
2256 | QLocale locale;
|
---|
2257 |
|
---|
2258 | QLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
|
---|
2259 | uint flags = 0;
|
---|
2260 |
|
---|
2261 | if (qIsUpper(fmt))
|
---|
2262 | flags = QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
|
---|
2263 | fmt = qToLower(fmt);
|
---|
2264 |
|
---|
2265 | switch (fmt) {
|
---|
2266 | case 'f':
|
---|
2267 | form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
|
---|
2268 | break;
|
---|
2269 | case 'e':
|
---|
2270 | form = QLocalePrivate::DFExponent;
|
---|
2271 | break;
|
---|
2272 | case 'g':
|
---|
2273 | form = QLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits;
|
---|
2274 | break;
|
---|
2275 | default:
|
---|
2276 | #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
---|
2277 | qWarning( "QString::setNum: Invalid format char '%c'", fmt );
|
---|
2278 | #endif
|
---|
2279 | break;
|
---|
2280 | }
|
---|
2281 |
|
---|
2282 | flags |= QLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup;
|
---|
2283 |
|
---|
2284 | locale_arg = locale.d->doubleToString(a, prec, form, -1, flags);
|
---|
2285 | }
|
---|
2286 |
|
---|
2287 | return replaceArgEscapes(*this, d, fieldWidth, arg, locale_arg);
|
---|
2288 | }
|
---|
2289 |
|
---|
2290 | QString QString::multiArg( int numArgs, const QString& a1, const QString& a2,
|
---|
2291 | const QString& a3, const QString& a4 ) const
|
---|
2292 | {
|
---|
2293 | QString result;
|
---|
2294 | union {
|
---|
2295 | int digitUsed[10];
|
---|
2296 | int argForDigit[10];
|
---|
2297 | };
|
---|
2298 | register const QChar *uc = d->unicode;
|
---|
2299 | const QString *args[4];
|
---|
2300 | const int len = (int) length();
|
---|
2301 | const int end = len - 1;
|
---|
2302 | int lastDigit = -1;
|
---|
2303 | int i;
|
---|
2304 |
|
---|
2305 | memset( digitUsed, 0, sizeof(digitUsed) );
|
---|
2306 | args[0] = &a1;
|
---|
2307 | args[1] = &a2;
|
---|
2308 | args[2] = &a3;
|
---|
2309 | args[3] = &a4;
|
---|
2310 |
|
---|
2311 | for ( i = 0; i < end; i++ ) {
|
---|
2312 | if ( uc[i] == '%' ) {
|
---|
2313 | int digit = uc[i + 1].unicode() - '0';
|
---|
2314 | if ( digit >= 0 && digit <= 9 )
|
---|
2315 | digitUsed[digit]++;
|
---|
2316 | }
|
---|
2317 | }
|
---|
2318 |
|
---|
2319 | for ( i = 0; i < numArgs; i++ ) {
|
---|
2320 | do {
|
---|
2321 | ++lastDigit;
|
---|
2322 | } while ( lastDigit < 10 && digitUsed[lastDigit] == 0 );
|
---|
2323 |
|
---|
2324 | if ( lastDigit == 10 ) {
|
---|
2325 | qWarning( "QString::arg(): Argument missing: %s, %s",
|
---|
2326 | latin1(), args[i]->latin1() );
|
---|
2327 | numArgs = i;
|
---|
2328 | lastDigit = 9;
|
---|
2329 | break;
|
---|
2330 | }
|
---|
2331 | argForDigit[lastDigit] = i;
|
---|
2332 | }
|
---|
2333 |
|
---|
2334 | i = 0;
|
---|
2335 | while ( i < len ) {
|
---|
2336 | if ( uc[i] == '%' && i != end ) {
|
---|
2337 | int digit = uc[i + 1].unicode() - '0';
|
---|
2338 | if ( digit >= 0 && digit <= lastDigit ) {
|
---|
2339 | result += *args[argForDigit[digit]];
|
---|
2340 | i += 2;
|
---|
2341 | continue;
|
---|
2342 | }
|
---|
2343 | }
|
---|
2344 | result += uc[i++];
|
---|
2345 | }
|
---|
2346 | return result;
|
---|
2347 | }
|
---|
2348 |
|
---|
2349 |
|
---|
2350 | /*!
|
---|
2351 | Safely builds a formatted string from the format string \a cformat
|
---|
2352 | and an arbitrary list of arguments. The format string supports all
|
---|
2353 | the escape sequences of printf() in the standard C library.
|
---|
2354 |
|
---|
2355 | The %s escape sequence expects a utf8() encoded string. The format
|
---|
2356 | string \e cformat is expected to be in latin1. If you need a
|
---|
2357 | Unicode format string, use arg() instead. For typesafe string
|
---|
2358 | building, with full Unicode support, you can use QTextOStream like
|
---|
2359 | this:
|
---|
2360 |
|
---|
2361 | \code
|
---|
2362 | QString str;
|
---|
2363 | QString s = ...;
|
---|
2364 | int x = ...;
|
---|
2365 | QTextOStream( &str ) << s << " : " << x;
|
---|
2366 | \endcode
|
---|
2367 |
|
---|
2368 | For \link QObject::tr() translations,\endlink especially if the
|
---|
2369 | strings contains more than one escape sequence, you should
|
---|
2370 | consider using the arg() function instead. This allows the order
|
---|
2371 | of the replacements to be controlled by the translator, and has
|
---|
2372 | Unicode support.
|
---|
2373 |
|
---|
2374 | The %lc escape sequence expects a unicode character of type ushort
|
---|
2375 | (as returned by QChar::unicode()).
|
---|
2376 | The %ls escape sequence expects a pointer to a zero-terminated
|
---|
2377 | array of unicode characters of type ushort (as returned by
|
---|
2378 | QString::ucs2()).
|
---|
2379 |
|
---|
2380 | \sa arg()
|
---|
2381 | */
|
---|
2382 |
|
---|
2383 | #ifndef QT_NO_SPRINTF
|
---|
2384 | QString &QString::sprintf( const char* cformat, ... )
|
---|
2385 | {
|
---|
2386 | QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
|
---|
2387 |
|
---|
2388 | va_list ap;
|
---|
2389 | va_start( ap, cformat );
|
---|
2390 |
|
---|
2391 | if ( !cformat || !*cformat ) {
|
---|
2392 | // Qt 1.x compat
|
---|
2393 | *this = fromLatin1( "" );
|
---|
2394 | return *this;
|
---|
2395 | }
|
---|
2396 |
|
---|
2397 | // Parse cformat
|
---|
2398 |
|
---|
2399 | QString result;
|
---|
2400 | const char *c = cformat;
|
---|
2401 | for (;;) {
|
---|
2402 | // Copy non-escape chars to result
|
---|
2403 | while (*c != '\0' && *c != '%')
|
---|
2404 | result.append(*c++);
|
---|
2405 |
|
---|
2406 | if (*c == '\0')
|
---|
2407 | break;
|
---|
2408 |
|
---|
2409 | // Found '%'
|
---|
2410 | const char *escape_start = c;
|
---|
2411 | ++c;
|
---|
2412 |
|
---|
2413 | if (*c == '\0') {
|
---|
2414 | result.append('%'); // a % at the end of the string - treat as non-escape text
|
---|
2415 | break;
|
---|
2416 | }
|
---|
2417 | if (*c == '%') {
|
---|
2418 | result.append('%'); // %%
|
---|
2419 | ++c;
|
---|
2420 | continue;
|
---|
2421 | }
|
---|
2422 |
|
---|
2423 | // Parse flag characters
|
---|
2424 | unsigned flags = 0;
|
---|
2425 | bool no_more_flags = false;
|
---|
2426 | do {
|
---|
2427 | switch (*c) {
|
---|
2428 | case '#': flags |= QLocalePrivate::Alternate; break;
|
---|
2429 | case '0': flags |= QLocalePrivate::ZeroPadded; break;
|
---|
2430 | case '-': flags |= QLocalePrivate::LeftAdjusted; break;
|
---|
2431 | case ' ': flags |= QLocalePrivate::BlankBeforePositive; break;
|
---|
2432 | case '+': flags |= QLocalePrivate::AlwaysShowSign; break;
|
---|
2433 | case '\'': flags |= QLocalePrivate::ThousandsGroup; break;
|
---|
2434 | default: no_more_flags = true; break;
|
---|
2435 | }
|
---|
2436 |
|
---|
2437 | if (!no_more_flags)
|
---|
2438 | ++c;
|
---|
2439 | } while (!no_more_flags);
|
---|
2440 |
|
---|
2441 | if (*c == '\0') {
|
---|
2442 | result.append(escape_start); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text
|
---|
2443 | break;
|
---|
2444 | }
|
---|
2445 |
|
---|
2446 | // Parse field width
|
---|
2447 | int width = -1; // -1 means unspecified
|
---|
2448 | if (qIsDigit(*c)) {
|
---|
2449 | QString width_str;
|
---|
2450 | while (*c != '\0' && qIsDigit(*c))
|
---|
2451 | width_str.append(*c++);
|
---|
2452 |
|
---|
2453 | // can't be negative - started with a digit
|
---|
2454 | // contains at least one digit
|
---|
2455 | width = width_str.toInt();
|
---|
2456 | }
|
---|
2457 | else if (*c == '*') {
|
---|
2458 | width = va_arg(ap, int);
|
---|
2459 | if (width < 0)
|
---|
2460 | width = -1; // treat all negative numbers as unspecified
|
---|
2461 | ++c;
|
---|
2462 | }
|
---|
2463 |
|
---|
2464 | if (*c == '\0') {
|
---|
2465 | result.append(escape_start); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text
|
---|
2466 | break;
|
---|
2467 | }
|
---|
2468 |
|
---|
2469 | // Parse precision
|
---|
2470 | int precision = -1; // -1 means unspecified
|
---|
2471 | if (*c == '.') {
|
---|
2472 | ++c;
|
---|
2473 | if (qIsDigit(*c)) {
|
---|
2474 | QString precision_str;
|
---|
2475 | while (*c != '\0' && qIsDigit(*c))
|
---|
2476 | precision_str.append(*c++);
|
---|
2477 |
|
---|
2478 | // can't be negative - started with a digit
|
---|
2479 | // contains at least one digit
|
---|
2480 | precision = precision_str.toInt();
|
---|
2481 | }
|
---|
2482 | else if (*c == '*') {
|
---|
2483 | precision = va_arg(ap, int);
|
---|
2484 | if (precision < 0)
|
---|
2485 | precision = -1; // treat all negative numbers as unspecified
|
---|
2486 | ++c;
|
---|
2487 | }
|
---|
2488 | }
|
---|
2489 |
|
---|
2490 | if (*c == '\0') {
|
---|
2491 | result.append(escape_start); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text
|
---|
2492 | break;
|
---|
2493 | }
|
---|
2494 |
|
---|
2495 | // Parse the length modifier
|
---|
2496 | enum LengthMod { lm_none, lm_hh, lm_h, lm_l, lm_ll, lm_L, lm_j, lm_z, lm_t };
|
---|
2497 | LengthMod length_mod = lm_none;
|
---|
2498 | switch (*c) {
|
---|
2499 | case 'h':
|
---|
2500 | ++c;
|
---|
2501 | if (*c == 'h') {
|
---|
2502 | length_mod = lm_hh;
|
---|
2503 | ++c;
|
---|
2504 | }
|
---|
2505 | else
|
---|
2506 | length_mod = lm_h;
|
---|
2507 | break;
|
---|
2508 |
|
---|
2509 | case 'l':
|
---|
2510 | ++c;
|
---|
2511 | if (*c == 'l') {
|
---|
2512 | length_mod = lm_ll;
|
---|
2513 | ++c;
|
---|
2514 | }
|
---|
2515 | else
|
---|
2516 | length_mod = lm_l;
|
---|
2517 | break;
|
---|
2518 |
|
---|
2519 | case 'L':
|
---|
2520 | ++c;
|
---|
2521 | length_mod = lm_L;
|
---|
2522 | break;
|
---|
2523 |
|
---|
2524 | case 'j':
|
---|
2525 | ++c;
|
---|
2526 | length_mod = lm_j;
|
---|
2527 | break;
|
---|
2528 |
|
---|
2529 | case 'z':
|
---|
2530 | case 'Z':
|
---|
2531 | ++c;
|
---|
2532 | length_mod = lm_z;
|
---|
2533 | break;
|
---|
2534 |
|
---|
2535 | case 't':
|
---|
2536 | ++c;
|
---|
2537 | length_mod = lm_t;
|
---|
2538 | break;
|
---|
2539 |
|
---|
2540 | default: break;
|
---|
2541 | }
|
---|
2542 |
|
---|
2543 | if (*c == '\0') {
|
---|
2544 | result.append(escape_start); // incomplete escape, treat as non-escape text
|
---|
2545 | break;
|
---|
2546 | }
|
---|
2547 |
|
---|
2548 | // Parse the conversion specifier and do the conversion
|
---|
2549 | QString subst;
|
---|
2550 | switch (*c) {
|
---|
2551 | case 'd':
|
---|
2552 | case 'i': {
|
---|
2553 | Q_LLONG i;
|
---|
2554 | switch (length_mod) {
|
---|
2555 | case lm_none: i = va_arg(ap, int); break;
|
---|
2556 | case lm_hh: i = va_arg(ap, int); break;
|
---|
2557 | case lm_h: i = va_arg(ap, int); break;
|
---|
2558 | case lm_l: i = va_arg(ap, long int); break;
|
---|
2559 | case lm_ll: i = va_arg(ap, Q_LLONG); break;
|
---|
2560 | case lm_j: i = va_arg(ap, long int); break;
|
---|
2561 | case lm_z: i = va_arg(ap, size_t); break;
|
---|
2562 | case lm_t: i = va_arg(ap, int); break;
|
---|
2563 | default: i = 0; break;
|
---|
2564 | }
|
---|
2565 | subst = locale.d->longLongToString(i, precision, 10, width, flags);
|
---|
2566 | ++c;
|
---|
2567 | break;
|
---|
2568 | }
|
---|
2569 | case 'o':
|
---|
2570 | case 'u':
|
---|
2571 | case 'x':
|
---|
2572 | case 'X': {
|
---|
2573 | Q_ULLONG u;
|
---|
2574 | switch (length_mod) {
|
---|
2575 | case lm_none: u = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); break;
|
---|
2576 | case lm_hh: u = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); break;
|
---|
2577 | case lm_h: u = va_arg(ap, unsigned int); break;
|
---|
2578 | case lm_l: u = va_arg(ap, unsigned long int); break;
|
---|
2579 | case lm_ll: u = va_arg(ap, Q_ULLONG); break;
|
---|
2580 | default: u = 0; break;
|
---|
2581 | }
|
---|
2582 |
|
---|
2583 | if (qIsUpper(*c))
|
---|
2584 | flags |= QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
|
---|
2585 |
|
---|
2586 | int base = 10;
|
---|
2587 | switch (qToLower(*c)) {
|
---|
2588 | case 'o':
|
---|
2589 | base = 8; break;
|
---|
2590 | case 'u':
|
---|
2591 | base = 10; break;
|
---|
2592 | case 'x':
|
---|
2593 | base = 16; break;
|
---|
2594 | default: break;
|
---|
2595 | }
|
---|
2596 | subst = locale.d->unsLongLongToString(u, precision, base, width, flags);
|
---|
2597 | ++c;
|
---|
2598 | break;
|
---|
2599 | }
|
---|
2600 | case 'E':
|
---|
2601 | case 'e':
|
---|
2602 | case 'F':
|
---|
2603 | case 'f':
|
---|
2604 | case 'G':
|
---|
2605 | case 'g':
|
---|
2606 | case 'A':
|
---|
2607 | case 'a': {
|
---|
2608 | double d;
|
---|
2609 | if (length_mod == lm_L)
|
---|
2610 | d = va_arg(ap, long double); // not supported - converted to a double
|
---|
2611 | else
|
---|
2612 | d = va_arg(ap, double);
|
---|
2613 |
|
---|
2614 | if (qIsUpper(*c))
|
---|
2615 | flags |= QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
|
---|
2616 |
|
---|
2617 | QLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
|
---|
2618 | switch (qToLower(*c)) {
|
---|
2619 | case 'e': form = QLocalePrivate::DFExponent; break;
|
---|
2620 | case 'a': // not supported - decimal form used instead
|
---|
2621 | case 'f': form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal; break;
|
---|
2622 | case 'g': form = QLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits; break;
|
---|
2623 | default: break;
|
---|
2624 | }
|
---|
2625 | subst = locale.d->doubleToString(d, precision, form, width, flags);
|
---|
2626 | ++c;
|
---|
2627 | break;
|
---|
2628 | }
|
---|
2629 | case 'c': {
|
---|
2630 | if (length_mod == lm_l)
|
---|
2631 | subst = QChar((ushort) va_arg(ap, int));
|
---|
2632 | else
|
---|
2633 | subst = (uchar) va_arg(ap, int);
|
---|
2634 | ++c;
|
---|
2635 | break;
|
---|
2636 | }
|
---|
2637 | case 's': {
|
---|
2638 | if (length_mod == lm_l) {
|
---|
2639 | const ushort *buff = va_arg(ap, const ushort*);
|
---|
2640 | const ushort *ch = buff;
|
---|
2641 | while (*ch != 0)
|
---|
2642 | ++ch;
|
---|
2643 | subst.setUnicodeCodes(buff, ch - buff);
|
---|
2644 | } else
|
---|
2645 | subst = QString::fromUtf8(va_arg(ap, const char*));
|
---|
2646 | if (precision != -1)
|
---|
2647 | subst.truncate(precision);
|
---|
2648 | ++c;
|
---|
2649 | break;
|
---|
2650 | }
|
---|
2651 | case 'p': {
|
---|
2652 | Q_ULLONG i;
|
---|
2653 | #ifdef Q_OS_WIN64
|
---|
2654 | i = (Q_ULLONG) va_arg(ap, void*);
|
---|
2655 | #else
|
---|
2656 | i = (Q_ULONG) va_arg(ap, void*);
|
---|
2657 | #endif
|
---|
2658 | flags |= QLocalePrivate::Alternate;
|
---|
2659 | subst = locale.d->unsLongLongToString(i, precision, 16, width, flags);
|
---|
2660 | ++c;
|
---|
2661 | break;
|
---|
2662 | }
|
---|
2663 | case 'n':
|
---|
2664 | switch (length_mod) {
|
---|
2665 | case lm_hh: {
|
---|
2666 | signed char *n = va_arg(ap, signed char*);
|
---|
2667 | *n = result.length();
|
---|
2668 | break;
|
---|
2669 | }
|
---|
2670 | case lm_h: {
|
---|
2671 | short int *n = va_arg(ap, short int*);
|
---|
2672 | *n = result.length();
|
---|
2673 | break;
|
---|
2674 | }
|
---|
2675 | case lm_l: {
|
---|
2676 | long int *n = va_arg(ap, long int*);
|
---|
2677 | *n = result.length();
|
---|
2678 | break;
|
---|
2679 | }
|
---|
2680 | case lm_ll: {
|
---|
2681 | Q_LLONG *n = va_arg(ap, Q_LLONG*);
|
---|
2682 | volatile uint tmp = result.length(); // egcs-2.91.66 gets internal
|
---|
2683 | *n = tmp; // compiler error without volatile
|
---|
2684 | break;
|
---|
2685 | }
|
---|
2686 | default: {
|
---|
2687 | int *n = va_arg(ap, int*);
|
---|
2688 | *n = result.length();
|
---|
2689 | break;
|
---|
2690 | }
|
---|
2691 | }
|
---|
2692 | ++c;
|
---|
2693 | break;
|
---|
2694 |
|
---|
2695 | default: // bad escape, treat as non-escape text
|
---|
2696 | for (const char *cc = escape_start; cc != c; ++cc)
|
---|
2697 | result.append(*cc);
|
---|
2698 | continue;
|
---|
2699 | }
|
---|
2700 |
|
---|
2701 | if (flags & QLocalePrivate::LeftAdjusted)
|
---|
2702 | result.append(subst.leftJustify(width));
|
---|
2703 | else
|
---|
2704 | result.append(subst.rightJustify(width));
|
---|
2705 | }
|
---|
2706 |
|
---|
2707 | va_end(ap);
|
---|
2708 | *this = result;
|
---|
2709 |
|
---|
2710 | return *this;
|
---|
2711 | }
|
---|
2712 | #endif
|
---|
2713 |
|
---|
2714 | /*!
|
---|
2715 | Fills the string with \a len characters of value \a c, and returns
|
---|
2716 | a reference to the string.
|
---|
2717 |
|
---|
2718 | If \a len is negative (the default), the current string length is
|
---|
2719 | used.
|
---|
2720 |
|
---|
2721 | \code
|
---|
2722 | QString str;
|
---|
2723 | str.fill( 'g', 5 ); // string == "ggggg"
|
---|
2724 | \endcode
|
---|
2725 | */
|
---|
2726 |
|
---|
2727 | QString& QString::fill( QChar c, int len )
|
---|
2728 | {
|
---|
2729 | if ( len < 0 )
|
---|
2730 | len = length();
|
---|
2731 | if ( len == 0 ) {
|
---|
2732 | *this = "";
|
---|
2733 | } else {
|
---|
2734 | deref();
|
---|
2735 | QChar * nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( len );
|
---|
2736 | d = new QStringData(nd,len,len);
|
---|
2737 | while (len--) *nd++ = c;
|
---|
2738 | }
|
---|
2739 | return *this;
|
---|
2740 | }
|
---|
2741 |
|
---|
2742 |
|
---|
2743 | /*!
|
---|
2744 | \fn QString QString::copy() const
|
---|
2745 |
|
---|
2746 | \obsolete
|
---|
2747 |
|
---|
2748 | In Qt 2.0 and later, all calls to this function are needless. Just
|
---|
2749 | remove them.
|
---|
2750 | */
|
---|
2751 |
|
---|
2752 | /*!
|
---|
2753 | \overload
|
---|
2754 |
|
---|
2755 | Finds the first occurrence of the character \a c, starting at
|
---|
2756 | position \a index. If \a index is -1, the search starts at the
|
---|
2757 | last character; if -2, at the next to last character and so on.
|
---|
2758 | (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
|
---|
2759 |
|
---|
2760 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
2761 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
2762 |
|
---|
2763 | Returns the position of \a c or -1 if \a c could not be found.
|
---|
2764 | */
|
---|
2765 |
|
---|
2766 | int QString::find( QChar c, int index, bool cs ) const
|
---|
2767 | {
|
---|
2768 | const uint l = length();
|
---|
2769 | if ( index < 0 )
|
---|
2770 | index += l;
|
---|
2771 | if ( (uint)index >= l )
|
---|
2772 | return -1;
|
---|
2773 | register const QChar *uc = unicode()+index;
|
---|
2774 | const QChar *end = unicode() + l;
|
---|
2775 | if ( cs ) {
|
---|
2776 | while ( uc < end && *uc != c )
|
---|
2777 | uc++;
|
---|
2778 | } else {
|
---|
2779 | c = ::lower( c );
|
---|
2780 | while ( uc < end && ::lower( *uc ) != c )
|
---|
2781 | uc++;
|
---|
2782 | }
|
---|
2783 | if ( uint(uc - unicode()) >= l )
|
---|
2784 | return -1;
|
---|
2785 | return (int)(uc - unicode());
|
---|
2786 | }
|
---|
2787 |
|
---|
2788 | /* an implementation of the Boyer-Moore search algorithm
|
---|
2789 | */
|
---|
2790 |
|
---|
2791 | /* initializes the skiptable to know haw far ahead we can skip on a wrong match
|
---|
2792 | */
|
---|
2793 | static void bm_init_skiptable( const QString &pattern, uint *skiptable, bool cs )
|
---|
2794 | {
|
---|
2795 | int i = 0;
|
---|
2796 | register uint *st = skiptable;
|
---|
2797 | int l = pattern.length();
|
---|
2798 | while ( i++ < 0x100/8 ) {
|
---|
2799 | *(st++) = l;
|
---|
2800 | *(st++) = l;
|
---|
2801 | *(st++) = l;
|
---|
2802 | *(st++) = l;
|
---|
2803 | *(st++) = l;
|
---|
2804 | *(st++) = l;
|
---|
2805 | *(st++) = l;
|
---|
2806 | *(st++) = l;
|
---|
2807 | }
|
---|
2808 | const QChar *uc = pattern.unicode();
|
---|
2809 | if ( cs ) {
|
---|
2810 | while ( l-- ) {
|
---|
2811 | skiptable[ uc->cell() ] = l;
|
---|
2812 | uc++;
|
---|
2813 | }
|
---|
2814 | } else {
|
---|
2815 | while ( l-- ) {
|
---|
2816 | skiptable[ ::lower( *uc ).cell() ] = l;
|
---|
2817 | uc++;
|
---|
2818 | }
|
---|
2819 | }
|
---|
2820 | }
|
---|
2821 |
|
---|
2822 | static int bm_find( const QString &str, int index, const QString &pattern, uint *skiptable, bool cs )
|
---|
2823 | {
|
---|
2824 | const uint l = str.length();
|
---|
2825 | if ( pattern.isEmpty() )
|
---|
2826 | return index > (int)l ? -1 : index;
|
---|
2827 |
|
---|
2828 | const QChar *uc = str.unicode();
|
---|
2829 | const QChar *puc = pattern.unicode();
|
---|
2830 | const uint pl = pattern.length();
|
---|
2831 | const uint pl_minus_one = pl - 1;
|
---|
2832 |
|
---|
2833 | register const QChar *current = uc + index + pl_minus_one;
|
---|
2834 | const QChar *end = uc + l;
|
---|
2835 | if ( cs ) {
|
---|
2836 | while ( current < end ) {
|
---|
2837 | uint skip = skiptable[ current->cell() ];
|
---|
2838 | if ( !skip ) {
|
---|
2839 | // possible match
|
---|
2840 | while ( skip < pl ) {
|
---|
2841 | if ( *(current - skip ) != puc[pl_minus_one-skip] )
|
---|
2842 | break;
|
---|
2843 | skip++;
|
---|
2844 | }
|
---|
2845 | if ( skip > pl_minus_one ) { // we have a match
|
---|
2846 | return (current - uc) - skip + 1;
|
---|
2847 | }
|
---|
2848 | // in case we don't have a match we are a bit inefficient as we only skip by one
|
---|
2849 | // when we have the non matching char in the string.
|
---|
2850 | if ( skiptable[ (current-skip)->cell() ] == pl )
|
---|
2851 | skip = pl - skip;
|
---|
2852 | else
|
---|
2853 | skip = 1;
|
---|
2854 | }
|
---|
2855 | current += skip;
|
---|
2856 | }
|
---|
2857 | } else {
|
---|
2858 | while ( current < end ) {
|
---|
2859 | uint skip = skiptable[ ::lower( *current ).cell() ];
|
---|
2860 | if ( !skip ) {
|
---|
2861 | // possible match
|
---|
2862 | while ( skip < pl ) {
|
---|
2863 | if ( ::lower( *(current - skip) ) != ::lower( puc[pl_minus_one-skip] ) )
|
---|
2864 | break;
|
---|
2865 | skip++;
|
---|
2866 | }
|
---|
2867 | if ( skip > pl_minus_one ) // we have a match
|
---|
2868 | return (current - uc) - skip + 1;
|
---|
2869 | // in case we don't have a match we are a bit inefficient as we only skip by one
|
---|
2870 | // when we have the non matching char in the string.
|
---|
2871 | if ( skiptable[ ::lower(*(current - skip)).cell() ] == pl )
|
---|
2872 | skip = pl - skip;
|
---|
2873 | else
|
---|
2874 | skip = 1;
|
---|
2875 | }
|
---|
2876 | current += skip;
|
---|
2877 | }
|
---|
2878 | }
|
---|
2879 | // not found
|
---|
2880 | return -1;
|
---|
2881 | }
|
---|
2882 |
|
---|
2883 |
|
---|
2884 | #define REHASH( a ) \
|
---|
2885 | if ( sl_minus_1 < sizeof(uint) * CHAR_BIT ) \
|
---|
2886 | hashHaystack -= (a) << sl_minus_1; \
|
---|
2887 | hashHaystack <<= 1
|
---|
2888 |
|
---|
2889 | /*!
|
---|
2890 | \overload
|
---|
2891 |
|
---|
2892 | Finds the first occurrence of the string \a str, starting at
|
---|
2893 | position \a index. If \a index is -1, the search starts at the
|
---|
2894 | last character, if it is -2, at the next to last character and so
|
---|
2895 | on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
|
---|
2896 |
|
---|
2897 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
2898 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
2899 |
|
---|
2900 | Returns the position of \a str or -1 if \a str could not be found.
|
---|
2901 | */
|
---|
2902 |
|
---|
2903 | int QString::find( const QString& str, int index, bool cs ) const
|
---|
2904 | {
|
---|
2905 | const uint l = length();
|
---|
2906 | const uint sl = str.length();
|
---|
2907 | if ( index < 0 )
|
---|
2908 | index += l;
|
---|
2909 | if ( sl + index > l )
|
---|
2910 | return -1;
|
---|
2911 | if ( !sl )
|
---|
2912 | return index;
|
---|
2913 | if (!l)
|
---|
2914 | return -1;
|
---|
2915 |
|
---|
2916 | #if defined(Q_OS_MACX) && defined(QT_MACOSX_VERSION) && QT_MACOSX_VERSION >= 0x1020
|
---|
2917 | if ( sl == 1 )
|
---|
2918 | return find( *str.unicode(), index, cs );
|
---|
2919 | #endif
|
---|
2920 |
|
---|
2921 | // we use the Boyer-Moore algorithm in cases where the overhead
|
---|
2922 | // for the hash table should pay off, otherwise we use a simple
|
---|
2923 | // hash function
|
---|
2924 | if ( l > 500 && sl > 5 ) {
|
---|
2925 | uint skiptable[0x100];
|
---|
2926 | bm_init_skiptable( str, skiptable, cs );
|
---|
2927 | return bm_find( *this, index, str, skiptable, cs );
|
---|
2928 | }
|
---|
2929 |
|
---|
2930 | /*
|
---|
2931 | We use some hashing for efficiency's sake. Instead of
|
---|
2932 | comparing strings, we compare the hash value of str with that of
|
---|
2933 | a part of this QString. Only if that matches, we call ucstrncmp
|
---|
2934 | or ucstrnicmp.
|
---|
2935 | */
|
---|
2936 | const QChar* needle = str.unicode();
|
---|
2937 | const QChar* haystack = unicode() + index;
|
---|
2938 | const QChar* end = unicode() + (l-sl);
|
---|
2939 | const uint sl_minus_1 = sl-1;
|
---|
2940 | uint hashNeedle = 0, hashHaystack = 0, i;
|
---|
2941 |
|
---|
2942 | if ( cs ) {
|
---|
2943 | for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i ) {
|
---|
2944 | hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + needle[i].unicode() );
|
---|
2945 | hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + haystack[i].unicode() );
|
---|
2946 | }
|
---|
2947 | hashHaystack -= (haystack+sl_minus_1)->unicode();
|
---|
2948 |
|
---|
2949 | while ( haystack <= end ) {
|
---|
2950 | hashHaystack += (haystack+sl_minus_1)->unicode();
|
---|
2951 | if ( hashHaystack == hashNeedle
|
---|
2952 | && ucstrncmp( needle, haystack, sl ) == 0 )
|
---|
2953 | return haystack-unicode();
|
---|
2954 |
|
---|
2955 | REHASH( haystack->unicode() );
|
---|
2956 | ++haystack;
|
---|
2957 | }
|
---|
2958 | } else {
|
---|
2959 | for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i ) {
|
---|
2960 | hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) +
|
---|
2961 | ::lower( needle[i].unicode() ).unicode() );
|
---|
2962 | hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) +
|
---|
2963 | ::lower( haystack[i].unicode() ).unicode() );
|
---|
2964 | }
|
---|
2965 |
|
---|
2966 | hashHaystack -= ::lower(*(haystack+sl_minus_1)).unicode();
|
---|
2967 | while ( haystack <= end ) {
|
---|
2968 | hashHaystack += ::lower(*(haystack+sl_minus_1)).unicode();
|
---|
2969 | if ( hashHaystack == hashNeedle
|
---|
2970 | && ucstrnicmp( needle, haystack, sl ) == 0 )
|
---|
2971 | return haystack-unicode();
|
---|
2972 |
|
---|
2973 | REHASH( ::lower(*haystack).unicode() );
|
---|
2974 | ++haystack;
|
---|
2975 | }
|
---|
2976 | }
|
---|
2977 | return -1;
|
---|
2978 | }
|
---|
2979 |
|
---|
2980 | /*!
|
---|
2981 | \fn int QString::findRev( const char* str, int index ) const
|
---|
2982 |
|
---|
2983 | Equivalent to findRev(QString(\a str), \a index).
|
---|
2984 | */
|
---|
2985 |
|
---|
2986 | /*!
|
---|
2987 | \fn int QString::find( const char* str, int index ) const
|
---|
2988 |
|
---|
2989 | \overload
|
---|
2990 |
|
---|
2991 | Equivalent to find(QString(\a str), \a index).
|
---|
2992 | */
|
---|
2993 |
|
---|
2994 | /*!
|
---|
2995 | \overload
|
---|
2996 |
|
---|
2997 | Finds the first occurrence of the character \a c, starting at
|
---|
2998 | position \a index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the
|
---|
2999 | search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to
|
---|
3000 | last character and so on.
|
---|
3001 |
|
---|
3002 | Returns the position of \a c or -1 if \a c could not be found.
|
---|
3003 |
|
---|
3004 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
3005 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
3006 |
|
---|
3007 | \code
|
---|
3008 | QString string( "bananas" );
|
---|
3009 | int i = string.findRev( 'a' ); // i == 5
|
---|
3010 | \endcode
|
---|
3011 | */
|
---|
3012 |
|
---|
3013 | int QString::findRev( QChar c, int index, bool cs ) const
|
---|
3014 | {
|
---|
3015 | #if defined(Q_OS_MACX) && defined(QT_MACOSX_VERSION) && QT_MACOSX_VERSION < 0x1020
|
---|
3016 | return findRev( QString( c ), index, cs );
|
---|
3017 | #else
|
---|
3018 | const uint l = length();
|
---|
3019 | if ( index < 0 )
|
---|
3020 | index += l;
|
---|
3021 | if ( (uint)index >= l )
|
---|
3022 | return -1;
|
---|
3023 | const QChar *end = unicode();
|
---|
3024 | register const QChar *uc = end + index;
|
---|
3025 | if ( cs ) {
|
---|
3026 | while ( uc >= end && *uc != c )
|
---|
3027 | uc--;
|
---|
3028 | } else {
|
---|
3029 | c = ::lower( c );
|
---|
3030 | while ( uc >= end && ::lower( *uc ) != c )
|
---|
3031 | uc--;
|
---|
3032 | }
|
---|
3033 | return uc - end;
|
---|
3034 | #endif
|
---|
3035 | }
|
---|
3036 |
|
---|
3037 | /*!
|
---|
3038 | \overload
|
---|
3039 |
|
---|
3040 | Finds the first occurrence of the string \a str, starting at
|
---|
3041 | position \a index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the
|
---|
3042 | search starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to
|
---|
3043 | last character and so on.
|
---|
3044 |
|
---|
3045 | Returns the position of \a str or -1 if \a str could not be found.
|
---|
3046 |
|
---|
3047 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
3048 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
3049 |
|
---|
3050 | \code
|
---|
3051 | QString string("bananas");
|
---|
3052 | int i = string.findRev( "ana" ); // i == 3
|
---|
3053 | \endcode
|
---|
3054 | */
|
---|
3055 |
|
---|
3056 | int QString::findRev( const QString& str, int index, bool cs ) const
|
---|
3057 | {
|
---|
3058 | /*
|
---|
3059 | See QString::find() for explanations.
|
---|
3060 | */
|
---|
3061 | const uint l = length();
|
---|
3062 | if ( index < 0 )
|
---|
3063 | index += l;
|
---|
3064 | const uint sl = str.length();
|
---|
3065 | int delta = l-sl;
|
---|
3066 | if ( index < 0 || index > (int)l || delta < 0 )
|
---|
3067 | return -1;
|
---|
3068 | if ( index > delta )
|
---|
3069 | index = delta;
|
---|
3070 |
|
---|
3071 | #if defined(Q_OS_MACX) && defined(QT_MACOSX_VERSION) && QT_MACOSX_VERSION >= 0x1020
|
---|
3072 | if ( sl == 1 )
|
---|
3073 | return findRev( *str.unicode(), index, cs );
|
---|
3074 | #endif
|
---|
3075 |
|
---|
3076 | const QChar* needle = str.unicode();
|
---|
3077 | const QChar* haystack = unicode() + index;
|
---|
3078 | const QChar* end = unicode();
|
---|
3079 | const uint sl_minus_1 = sl-1;
|
---|
3080 | const QChar* n = needle+sl_minus_1;
|
---|
3081 | const QChar* h = haystack+sl_minus_1;
|
---|
3082 | uint hashNeedle = 0, hashHaystack = 0, i;
|
---|
3083 |
|
---|
3084 | if ( cs ) {
|
---|
3085 | for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i ) {
|
---|
3086 | hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1) + (n-i)->unicode() );
|
---|
3087 | hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1) + (h-i)->unicode() );
|
---|
3088 | }
|
---|
3089 | hashHaystack -= haystack->unicode();
|
---|
3090 |
|
---|
3091 | while ( haystack >= end ) {
|
---|
3092 | hashHaystack += haystack->unicode();
|
---|
3093 | if ( hashHaystack == hashNeedle
|
---|
3094 | && ucstrncmp( needle, haystack, sl ) == 0 )
|
---|
3095 | return haystack-unicode();
|
---|
3096 | --haystack;
|
---|
3097 | REHASH( (haystack+sl)->unicode() );
|
---|
3098 | }
|
---|
3099 | } else {
|
---|
3100 | for ( i = 0; i < sl; ++i ) {
|
---|
3101 | hashNeedle = ((hashNeedle<<1)
|
---|
3102 | + ::lower( (n-i)->unicode() ).unicode() );
|
---|
3103 | hashHaystack = ((hashHaystack<<1)
|
---|
3104 | + ::lower( (h-i)->unicode() ).unicode() );
|
---|
3105 | }
|
---|
3106 | hashHaystack -= ::lower(*haystack).unicode();
|
---|
3107 |
|
---|
3108 | while ( haystack >= end ) {
|
---|
3109 | hashHaystack += ::lower(*haystack).unicode();
|
---|
3110 | if ( hashHaystack == hashNeedle
|
---|
3111 | && ucstrnicmp( needle, haystack, sl ) == 0 )
|
---|
3112 | return haystack-unicode();
|
---|
3113 | --haystack;
|
---|
3114 | REHASH( ::lower(*(haystack+sl)).unicode() );
|
---|
3115 | }
|
---|
3116 | }
|
---|
3117 | return -1;
|
---|
3118 | }
|
---|
3119 |
|
---|
3120 | #undef REHASH
|
---|
3121 |
|
---|
3122 | /*!
|
---|
3123 | \enum QString::SectionFlags
|
---|
3124 |
|
---|
3125 | \value SectionDefault Empty fields are counted, leading and
|
---|
3126 | trailing separators are not included, and the separator is
|
---|
3127 | compared case sensitively.
|
---|
3128 |
|
---|
3129 | \value SectionSkipEmpty Treat empty fields as if they don't exist,
|
---|
3130 | i.e. they are not considered as far as \e start and \e end are
|
---|
3131 | concerned.
|
---|
3132 |
|
---|
3133 | \value SectionIncludeLeadingSep Include the leading separator (if
|
---|
3134 | any) in the result string.
|
---|
3135 |
|
---|
3136 | \value SectionIncludeTrailingSep Include the trailing separator
|
---|
3137 | (if any) in the result string.
|
---|
3138 |
|
---|
3139 | \value SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps Compare the separator
|
---|
3140 | case-insensitively.
|
---|
3141 |
|
---|
3142 | Any of the last four values can be OR-ed together to form a flag.
|
---|
3143 |
|
---|
3144 | \sa section()
|
---|
3145 | */
|
---|
3146 |
|
---|
3147 | /*!
|
---|
3148 | \fn QString QString::section( QChar sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
|
---|
3149 |
|
---|
3150 | This function returns a section of the string.
|
---|
3151 |
|
---|
3152 | This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
|
---|
3153 | character, \a sep. The returned string consists of the fields from
|
---|
3154 | position \a start to position \a end inclusive. If \a end is not
|
---|
3155 | specified, all fields from position \a start to the end of the
|
---|
3156 | string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
|
---|
3157 | from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
|
---|
3158 |
|
---|
3159 | The \a flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
|
---|
3160 | function's behaviour, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
|
---|
3161 | to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
|
---|
3162 | separators; see \l{SectionFlags}.
|
---|
3163 |
|
---|
3164 | \code
|
---|
3165 | QString csv( "forename,middlename,surname,phone" );
|
---|
3166 | QString s = csv.section( ',', 2, 2 ); // s == "surname"
|
---|
3167 |
|
---|
3168 | QString path( "/usr/local/bin/myapp" ); // First field is empty
|
---|
3169 | QString s = path.section( '/', 3, 4 ); // s == "bin/myapp"
|
---|
3170 | QString s = path.section( '/', 3, 3, SectionSkipEmpty ); // s == "myapp"
|
---|
3171 | \endcode
|
---|
3172 |
|
---|
3173 | If \a start or \a end is negative, we count fields from the right
|
---|
3174 | of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
|
---|
3175 | right-most field being -2, and so on.
|
---|
3176 |
|
---|
3177 | \code
|
---|
3178 | QString csv( "forename,middlename,surname,phone" );
|
---|
3179 | QString s = csv.section( ',', -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename,surname"
|
---|
3180 |
|
---|
3181 | QString path( "/usr/local/bin/myapp" ); // First field is empty
|
---|
3182 | QString s = path.section( '/', -1 ); // s == "myapp"
|
---|
3183 | \endcode
|
---|
3184 |
|
---|
3185 | \sa QStringList::split()
|
---|
3186 | */
|
---|
3187 |
|
---|
3188 | /*!
|
---|
3189 | \overload
|
---|
3190 |
|
---|
3191 | This function returns a section of the string.
|
---|
3192 |
|
---|
3193 | This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
|
---|
3194 | string, \a sep. The returned string consists of the fields from
|
---|
3195 | position \a start to position \a end inclusive. If \a end is not
|
---|
3196 | specified, all fields from position \a start to the end of the
|
---|
3197 | string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
|
---|
3198 | from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
|
---|
3199 |
|
---|
3200 | The \a flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
|
---|
3201 | function's behaviour, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
|
---|
3202 | to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
|
---|
3203 | separators; see \l{SectionFlags}.
|
---|
3204 |
|
---|
3205 | \code
|
---|
3206 | QString data( "forename**middlename**surname**phone" );
|
---|
3207 | QString s = data.section( "**", 2, 2 ); // s == "surname"
|
---|
3208 | \endcode
|
---|
3209 |
|
---|
3210 | If \a start or \a end is negative, we count fields from the right
|
---|
3211 | of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
|
---|
3212 | right-most field being -2, and so on.
|
---|
3213 |
|
---|
3214 | \code
|
---|
3215 | QString data( "forename**middlename**surname**phone" );
|
---|
3216 | QString s = data.section( "**", -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename**surname"
|
---|
3217 | \endcode
|
---|
3218 |
|
---|
3219 | \sa QStringList::split()
|
---|
3220 | */
|
---|
3221 |
|
---|
3222 | QString QString::section( const QString &sep, int start, int end, int flags ) const
|
---|
3223 | {
|
---|
3224 | QStringList sections = QStringList::split(sep, *this, TRUE);
|
---|
3225 | if(sections.isEmpty())
|
---|
3226 | return QString();
|
---|
3227 | if(!(flags & SectionSkipEmpty)) {
|
---|
3228 | if(start < 0)
|
---|
3229 | start += sections.count();
|
---|
3230 | if(end < 0)
|
---|
3231 | end += sections.count();
|
---|
3232 | } else {
|
---|
3233 | int skip = 0;
|
---|
3234 | for(QStringList::Iterator it = sections.begin(); it != sections.end(); ++it) {
|
---|
3235 | if((*it).isEmpty())
|
---|
3236 | skip++;
|
---|
3237 | }
|
---|
3238 | if(start < 0)
|
---|
3239 | start += sections.count() - skip;
|
---|
3240 | if(end < 0)
|
---|
3241 | end += sections.count() - skip;
|
---|
3242 | }
|
---|
3243 | int x = 0, run = 0;
|
---|
3244 | QString ret;
|
---|
3245 | for(QStringList::Iterator it = sections.begin(); x <= end && it != sections.end(); ++it) {
|
---|
3246 | if(x >= start) {
|
---|
3247 | if((*it).isEmpty()) {
|
---|
3248 | run++;
|
---|
3249 | } else {
|
---|
3250 | if(!ret.isEmpty() || !(flags & SectionSkipEmpty)) {
|
---|
3251 | int i_end = run;
|
---|
3252 | if(!ret.isEmpty() && !(flags & SectionIncludeTrailingSep))
|
---|
3253 | i_end++;
|
---|
3254 | if((flags & SectionIncludeLeadingSep) && it != sections.begin() && x == start)
|
---|
3255 | i_end++;
|
---|
3256 | for(int i = 0; i < i_end; i++)
|
---|
3257 | ret += sep;
|
---|
3258 | } else if((flags & SectionIncludeLeadingSep) && it != sections.begin()) {
|
---|
3259 | ret += sep;
|
---|
3260 | }
|
---|
3261 | run = 0;
|
---|
3262 | ret += (*it);
|
---|
3263 | if((flags & SectionIncludeTrailingSep) && it != sections.end())
|
---|
3264 | ret += sep;
|
---|
3265 | }
|
---|
3266 | }
|
---|
3267 | if(!(*it).isEmpty() || !(flags & SectionSkipEmpty))
|
---|
3268 | x++;
|
---|
3269 | }
|
---|
3270 | return ret;
|
---|
3271 | }
|
---|
3272 |
|
---|
3273 | #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
|
---|
3274 | class section_chunk {
|
---|
3275 | public:
|
---|
3276 | section_chunk(int l, QString s) { length = l; string = s; }
|
---|
3277 | int length;
|
---|
3278 | QString string;
|
---|
3279 | };
|
---|
3280 | /*!
|
---|
3281 | \overload
|
---|
3282 |
|
---|
3283 | This function returns a section of the string.
|
---|
3284 |
|
---|
3285 | This string is treated as a sequence of fields separated by the
|
---|
3286 | regular expression, \a reg. The returned string consists of the
|
---|
3287 | fields from position \a start to position \a end inclusive. If \a
|
---|
3288 | end is not specified, all fields from position \a start to the end
|
---|
3289 | of the string are included. Fields are numbered 0, 1, 2, etc., counting
|
---|
3290 | from the left, and -1, -2, etc., counting from right to left.
|
---|
3291 |
|
---|
3292 | The \a flags argument can be used to affect some aspects of the
|
---|
3293 | function's behaviour, e.g. whether to be case sensitive, whether
|
---|
3294 | to skip empty fields and how to deal with leading and trailing
|
---|
3295 | separators; see \l{SectionFlags}.
|
---|
3296 |
|
---|
3297 | \code
|
---|
3298 | QString line( "forename\tmiddlename surname \t \t phone" );
|
---|
3299 | QRegExp sep( "\s+" );
|
---|
3300 | QString s = line.section( sep, 2, 2 ); // s == "surname"
|
---|
3301 | \endcode
|
---|
3302 |
|
---|
3303 | If \a start or \a end is negative, we count fields from the right
|
---|
3304 | of the string, the right-most field being -1, the one from
|
---|
3305 | right-most field being -2, and so on.
|
---|
3306 |
|
---|
3307 | \code
|
---|
3308 | QString line( "forename\tmiddlename surname \t \t phone" );
|
---|
3309 | QRegExp sep( "\\s+" );
|
---|
3310 | QString s = line.section( sep, -3, -2 ); // s == "middlename surname"
|
---|
3311 | \endcode
|
---|
3312 |
|
---|
3313 | \warning Using this QRegExp version is much more expensive than
|
---|
3314 | the overloaded string and character versions.
|
---|
3315 |
|
---|
3316 | \sa QStringList::split() simplifyWhiteSpace()
|
---|
3317 | */
|
---|
3318 |
|
---|
3319 | QString QString::section( const QRegExp ®, int start, int end, int flags ) const
|
---|
3320 | {
|
---|
3321 | const QChar *uc = unicode();
|
---|
3322 | if(!uc)
|
---|
3323 | return QString();
|
---|
3324 |
|
---|
3325 | QRegExp sep(reg);
|
---|
3326 | sep.setCaseSensitive(!(flags & SectionCaseInsensitiveSeps));
|
---|
3327 |
|
---|
3328 | QPtrList<section_chunk> l;
|
---|
3329 | l.setAutoDelete(TRUE);
|
---|
3330 | int n = length(), m = 0, last_m = 0, last = 0, last_len = 0;
|
---|
3331 |
|
---|
3332 | while ( ( m = sep.search( *this, m ) ) != -1 ) {
|
---|
3333 | l.append(new section_chunk(last_len, QString(uc + last_m, m - last_m)));
|
---|
3334 | last_m = m;
|
---|
3335 | last_len = sep.matchedLength();
|
---|
3336 | if((m += sep.matchedLength()) >= n) {
|
---|
3337 | last = 1;
|
---|
3338 | break;
|
---|
3339 | }
|
---|
3340 | }
|
---|
3341 | if(!last)
|
---|
3342 | l.append(new section_chunk(last_len, QString(uc + last_m, n - last_m)));
|
---|
3343 |
|
---|
3344 | if(start < 0)
|
---|
3345 | start = l.count() + start;
|
---|
3346 | if(end == -1)
|
---|
3347 | end = l.count();
|
---|
3348 | else if(end < 0)
|
---|
3349 | end = l.count() + end;
|
---|
3350 |
|
---|
3351 | int i = 0;
|
---|
3352 | QString ret;
|
---|
3353 | for ( section_chunk *chk=l.first(); chk; chk=l.next(), i++ ) {
|
---|
3354 | if((flags & SectionSkipEmpty) && chk->length == (int)chk->string.length()) {
|
---|
3355 | if(i <= start)
|
---|
3356 | start++;
|
---|
3357 | end++;
|
---|
3358 | }
|
---|
3359 | if(i == start) {
|
---|
3360 | ret = (flags & SectionIncludeLeadingSep) ? chk->string : chk->string.mid(chk->length);
|
---|
3361 | } else if(i > start) {
|
---|
3362 | ret += chk->string;
|
---|
3363 | }
|
---|
3364 | if(i == end) {
|
---|
3365 | if((chk=l.next()) && flags & SectionIncludeTrailingSep)
|
---|
3366 | ret += chk->string.left(chk->length);
|
---|
3367 | break;
|
---|
3368 | }
|
---|
3369 | }
|
---|
3370 | return ret;
|
---|
3371 | }
|
---|
3372 | #endif
|
---|
3373 |
|
---|
3374 | /*!
|
---|
3375 | \fn QString QString::section( char sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
|
---|
3376 |
|
---|
3377 | \overload
|
---|
3378 | */
|
---|
3379 |
|
---|
3380 | /*!
|
---|
3381 | \fn QString QString::section( const char *sep, int start, int end = 0xffffffff, int flags = SectionDefault ) const
|
---|
3382 |
|
---|
3383 | \overload
|
---|
3384 | */
|
---|
3385 |
|
---|
3386 |
|
---|
3387 | /*!
|
---|
3388 | Returns the number of times the character \a c occurs in the
|
---|
3389 | string.
|
---|
3390 |
|
---|
3391 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
3392 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
3393 |
|
---|
3394 | \code
|
---|
3395 | QString string( "Trolltech and Qt" );
|
---|
3396 | int n = string.contains( 't', FALSE );
|
---|
3397 | // n == 3
|
---|
3398 | \endcode
|
---|
3399 | */
|
---|
3400 |
|
---|
3401 | int QString::contains( QChar c, bool cs ) const
|
---|
3402 | {
|
---|
3403 | int count = 0;
|
---|
3404 | const QChar *uc = unicode();
|
---|
3405 | if ( !uc )
|
---|
3406 | return 0;
|
---|
3407 | int n = length();
|
---|
3408 | if ( cs ) {
|
---|
3409 | while ( n-- )
|
---|
3410 | if ( *uc++ == c )
|
---|
3411 | count++;
|
---|
3412 | } else {
|
---|
3413 | c = ::lower( c );
|
---|
3414 | while ( n-- ) {
|
---|
3415 | if ( ::lower( *uc ) == c )
|
---|
3416 | count++;
|
---|
3417 | uc++;
|
---|
3418 | }
|
---|
3419 | }
|
---|
3420 | return count;
|
---|
3421 | }
|
---|
3422 |
|
---|
3423 | /*!
|
---|
3424 | \overload
|
---|
3425 |
|
---|
3426 | Returns the number of times the string \a str occurs in the string.
|
---|
3427 |
|
---|
3428 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
3429 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
3430 | */
|
---|
3431 | int QString::contains( const char* str, bool cs ) const
|
---|
3432 | {
|
---|
3433 | return contains( QString(str), cs );
|
---|
3434 | }
|
---|
3435 |
|
---|
3436 | /*!
|
---|
3437 | \fn int QString::contains( char c, bool cs ) const
|
---|
3438 |
|
---|
3439 | \overload
|
---|
3440 | */
|
---|
3441 |
|
---|
3442 | /*!
|
---|
3443 | \fn int QString::find( char c, int index, bool cs ) const
|
---|
3444 |
|
---|
3445 | \overload
|
---|
3446 |
|
---|
3447 | Find character \a c starting from position \a index.
|
---|
3448 |
|
---|
3449 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
3450 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
3451 | */
|
---|
3452 |
|
---|
3453 | /*!
|
---|
3454 | \fn int QString::findRev( char c, int index, bool cs ) const
|
---|
3455 |
|
---|
3456 | \overload
|
---|
3457 |
|
---|
3458 | Find character \a c starting from position \a index and working
|
---|
3459 | backwards.
|
---|
3460 |
|
---|
3461 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
3462 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
3463 | */
|
---|
3464 |
|
---|
3465 | /*!
|
---|
3466 | \overload
|
---|
3467 |
|
---|
3468 | Returns the number of times \a str occurs in the string.
|
---|
3469 |
|
---|
3470 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
3471 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
3472 |
|
---|
3473 | This function counts overlapping strings, so in the example below,
|
---|
3474 | there are two instances of "ana" in "bananas".
|
---|
3475 |
|
---|
3476 | \code
|
---|
3477 | QString str( "bananas" );
|
---|
3478 | int i = str.contains( "ana" ); // i == 2
|
---|
3479 | \endcode
|
---|
3480 |
|
---|
3481 | \sa findRev()
|
---|
3482 | */
|
---|
3483 |
|
---|
3484 | int QString::contains( const QString &str, bool cs ) const
|
---|
3485 | {
|
---|
3486 | if ( isNull() )
|
---|
3487 | return 0;
|
---|
3488 | int count = 0;
|
---|
3489 | uint skiptable[0x100];
|
---|
3490 | bm_init_skiptable( str, skiptable, cs );
|
---|
3491 | int i = -1;
|
---|
3492 | // use boyer-moore for the ultimate speed experience
|
---|
3493 | while ( ( i = bm_find( *this, i + 1, str, skiptable, cs ) ) != -1 )
|
---|
3494 | count++;
|
---|
3495 | return count;
|
---|
3496 | }
|
---|
3497 |
|
---|
3498 | /*!
|
---|
3499 | Returns a substring that contains the \a len leftmost characters
|
---|
3500 | of the string.
|
---|
3501 |
|
---|
3502 | The whole string is returned if \a len exceeds the length of the
|
---|
3503 | string.
|
---|
3504 |
|
---|
3505 | \code
|
---|
3506 | QString s = "Pineapple";
|
---|
3507 | QString t = s.left( 4 ); // t == "Pine"
|
---|
3508 | \endcode
|
---|
3509 |
|
---|
3510 | \sa right(), mid(), isEmpty()
|
---|
3511 | */
|
---|
3512 |
|
---|
3513 | QString QString::left( uint len ) const
|
---|
3514 | {
|
---|
3515 | if ( isEmpty() ) {
|
---|
3516 | return QString();
|
---|
3517 | } else if ( len == 0 ) { // ## just for 1.x compat:
|
---|
3518 | return fromLatin1( "" );
|
---|
3519 | } else if ( len >= length() ) {
|
---|
3520 | return *this;
|
---|
3521 | } else {
|
---|
3522 | QString s( len, TRUE );
|
---|
3523 | memcpy( s.d->unicode, d->unicode, len * sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
3524 | s.d->len = len;
|
---|
3525 | return s;
|
---|
3526 | }
|
---|
3527 | }
|
---|
3528 |
|
---|
3529 | /*!
|
---|
3530 | Returns a string that contains the \a len rightmost characters of
|
---|
3531 | the string.
|
---|
3532 |
|
---|
3533 | If \a len is greater than the length of the string then the whole
|
---|
3534 | string is returned.
|
---|
3535 |
|
---|
3536 | \code
|
---|
3537 | QString string( "Pineapple" );
|
---|
3538 | QString t = string.right( 5 ); // t == "apple"
|
---|
3539 | \endcode
|
---|
3540 |
|
---|
3541 | \sa left(), mid(), isEmpty()
|
---|
3542 | */
|
---|
3543 |
|
---|
3544 | QString QString::right( uint len ) const
|
---|
3545 | {
|
---|
3546 | if ( isEmpty() ) {
|
---|
3547 | return QString();
|
---|
3548 | } else if ( len == 0 ) { // ## just for 1.x compat:
|
---|
3549 | return fromLatin1( "" );
|
---|
3550 | } else {
|
---|
3551 | uint l = length();
|
---|
3552 | if ( len >= l )
|
---|
3553 | return *this;
|
---|
3554 | QString s( len, TRUE );
|
---|
3555 | memcpy( s.d->unicode, d->unicode+(l-len), len*sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
3556 | s.d->len = len;
|
---|
3557 | return s;
|
---|
3558 | }
|
---|
3559 | }
|
---|
3560 |
|
---|
3561 | /*!
|
---|
3562 | Returns a string that contains the \a len characters of this
|
---|
3563 | string, starting at position \a index.
|
---|
3564 |
|
---|
3565 | Returns a null string if the string is empty or \a index is out of
|
---|
3566 | range. Returns the whole string from \a index if \a index + \a len
|
---|
3567 | exceeds the length of the string.
|
---|
3568 |
|
---|
3569 | \code
|
---|
3570 | QString s( "Five pineapples" );
|
---|
3571 | QString t = s.mid( 5, 4 ); // t == "pine"
|
---|
3572 | \endcode
|
---|
3573 |
|
---|
3574 | \sa left(), right()
|
---|
3575 | */
|
---|
3576 |
|
---|
3577 | QString QString::mid( uint index, uint len ) const
|
---|
3578 | {
|
---|
3579 | uint slen = length();
|
---|
3580 | if ( isEmpty() || index >= slen ) {
|
---|
3581 | return QString();
|
---|
3582 | } else if ( len == 0 ) { // ## just for 1.x compat:
|
---|
3583 | return fromLatin1( "" );
|
---|
3584 | } else {
|
---|
3585 | if ( len > slen-index )
|
---|
3586 | len = slen - index;
|
---|
3587 | if ( index == 0 && len == slen )
|
---|
3588 | return *this;
|
---|
3589 | register const QChar *p = unicode()+index;
|
---|
3590 | QString s( len, TRUE );
|
---|
3591 | memcpy( s.d->unicode, p, len * sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
3592 | s.d->len = len;
|
---|
3593 | return s;
|
---|
3594 | }
|
---|
3595 | }
|
---|
3596 |
|
---|
3597 | /*!
|
---|
3598 | Returns a string of length \a width that contains this string
|
---|
3599 | padded by the \a fill character.
|
---|
3600 |
|
---|
3601 | If \a truncate is FALSE and the length of the string is more than
|
---|
3602 | \a width, then the returned string is a copy of the string.
|
---|
3603 |
|
---|
3604 | If \a truncate is TRUE and the length of the string is more than
|
---|
3605 | \a width, then any characters in a copy of the string after length
|
---|
3606 | \a width are removed, and the copy is returned.
|
---|
3607 |
|
---|
3608 | \code
|
---|
3609 | QString s( "apple" );
|
---|
3610 | QString t = s.leftJustify( 8, '.' ); // t == "apple..."
|
---|
3611 | \endcode
|
---|
3612 |
|
---|
3613 | \sa rightJustify()
|
---|
3614 | */
|
---|
3615 |
|
---|
3616 | QString QString::leftJustify( uint width, QChar fill, bool truncate ) const
|
---|
3617 | {
|
---|
3618 | QString result;
|
---|
3619 | int len = length();
|
---|
3620 | int padlen = width - len;
|
---|
3621 | if ( padlen > 0 ) {
|
---|
3622 | result.setLength(len+padlen);
|
---|
3623 | if ( len )
|
---|
3624 | memcpy( result.d->unicode, unicode(), sizeof(QChar)*len );
|
---|
3625 | QChar* uc = result.d->unicode + len;
|
---|
3626 | while (padlen--)
|
---|
3627 | *uc++ = fill;
|
---|
3628 | } else {
|
---|
3629 | if ( truncate )
|
---|
3630 | result = left( width );
|
---|
3631 | else
|
---|
3632 | result = *this;
|
---|
3633 | }
|
---|
3634 | return result;
|
---|
3635 | }
|
---|
3636 |
|
---|
3637 | /*!
|
---|
3638 | Returns a string of length \a width that contains the \a fill
|
---|
3639 | character followed by the string.
|
---|
3640 |
|
---|
3641 | If \a truncate is FALSE and the length of the string is more than
|
---|
3642 | \a width, then the returned string is a copy of the string.
|
---|
3643 |
|
---|
3644 | If \a truncate is TRUE and the length of the string is more than
|
---|
3645 | \a width, then the resulting string is truncated at position \a
|
---|
3646 | width.
|
---|
3647 |
|
---|
3648 | \code
|
---|
3649 | QString string( "apple" );
|
---|
3650 | QString t = string.rightJustify( 8, '.' ); // t == "...apple"
|
---|
3651 | \endcode
|
---|
3652 |
|
---|
3653 | \sa leftJustify()
|
---|
3654 | */
|
---|
3655 |
|
---|
3656 | QString QString::rightJustify( uint width, QChar fill, bool truncate ) const
|
---|
3657 | {
|
---|
3658 | QString result;
|
---|
3659 | int len = length();
|
---|
3660 | int padlen = width - len;
|
---|
3661 | if ( padlen > 0 ) {
|
---|
3662 | result.setLength( len+padlen );
|
---|
3663 | QChar* uc = result.d->unicode;
|
---|
3664 | while (padlen--)
|
---|
3665 | *uc++ = fill;
|
---|
3666 | if ( len )
|
---|
3667 | memcpy( uc, unicode(), sizeof(QChar)*len );
|
---|
3668 | } else {
|
---|
3669 | if ( truncate )
|
---|
3670 | result = left( width );
|
---|
3671 | else
|
---|
3672 | result = *this;
|
---|
3673 | }
|
---|
3674 | return result;
|
---|
3675 | }
|
---|
3676 |
|
---|
3677 | /*!
|
---|
3678 | Returns a lowercase copy of the string.
|
---|
3679 |
|
---|
3680 | \code
|
---|
3681 | QString string( "TROlltECH" );
|
---|
3682 | str = string.lower(); // str == "trolltech"
|
---|
3683 | \endcode
|
---|
3684 |
|
---|
3685 | \sa upper()
|
---|
3686 | */
|
---|
3687 |
|
---|
3688 | QString QString::lower() const
|
---|
3689 | {
|
---|
3690 | int l = length();
|
---|
3691 | register QChar *p = d->unicode;
|
---|
3692 | while ( l ) {
|
---|
3693 | if ( *p != ::lower(*p) ) {
|
---|
3694 | QString s( *this );
|
---|
3695 | s.real_detach();
|
---|
3696 | p = s.d->unicode + ( p - d->unicode );
|
---|
3697 | while ( l ) {
|
---|
3698 | *p = ::lower( *p );
|
---|
3699 | l--;
|
---|
3700 | p++;
|
---|
3701 | }
|
---|
3702 | return s;
|
---|
3703 | }
|
---|
3704 | l--;
|
---|
3705 | p++;
|
---|
3706 | }
|
---|
3707 | return *this;
|
---|
3708 | }
|
---|
3709 |
|
---|
3710 | /*!
|
---|
3711 | Returns an uppercase copy of the string.
|
---|
3712 |
|
---|
3713 | \code
|
---|
3714 | QString string( "TeXt" );
|
---|
3715 | str = string.upper(); // t == "TEXT"
|
---|
3716 | \endcode
|
---|
3717 |
|
---|
3718 | \sa lower()
|
---|
3719 | */
|
---|
3720 |
|
---|
3721 | QString QString::upper() const
|
---|
3722 | {
|
---|
3723 | int l = length();
|
---|
3724 | register QChar *p = d->unicode;
|
---|
3725 | while ( l ) {
|
---|
3726 | if ( *p != ::upper(*p) ) {
|
---|
3727 | QString s( *this );
|
---|
3728 | s.real_detach();
|
---|
3729 | p = s.d->unicode + ( p - d->unicode );
|
---|
3730 | while ( l ) {
|
---|
3731 | *p = ::upper( *p );
|
---|
3732 | l--;
|
---|
3733 | p++;
|
---|
3734 | }
|
---|
3735 | return s;
|
---|
3736 | }
|
---|
3737 | l--;
|
---|
3738 | p++;
|
---|
3739 | }
|
---|
3740 | return *this;
|
---|
3741 | }
|
---|
3742 |
|
---|
3743 |
|
---|
3744 | /*!
|
---|
3745 | Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and
|
---|
3746 | the end.
|
---|
3747 |
|
---|
3748 | Whitespace means any character for which QChar::isSpace() returns
|
---|
3749 | TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9
|
---|
3750 | (TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR) and 32 (Space), and may
|
---|
3751 | also include other Unicode characters.
|
---|
3752 |
|
---|
3753 | \code
|
---|
3754 | QString string = " white space ";
|
---|
3755 | QString s = string.stripWhiteSpace(); // s == "white space"
|
---|
3756 | \endcode
|
---|
3757 |
|
---|
3758 | \sa simplifyWhiteSpace()
|
---|
3759 | */
|
---|
3760 |
|
---|
3761 | QString QString::stripWhiteSpace() const
|
---|
3762 | {
|
---|
3763 | if ( isEmpty() ) // nothing to do
|
---|
3764 | return *this;
|
---|
3765 | register const QChar *s = unicode();
|
---|
3766 | if ( !s->isSpace() && !s[length()-1].isSpace() )
|
---|
3767 | return *this;
|
---|
3768 |
|
---|
3769 | int start = 0;
|
---|
3770 | int end = length() - 1;
|
---|
3771 | while ( start<=end && s[start].isSpace() ) // skip white space from start
|
---|
3772 | start++;
|
---|
3773 | if ( start <= end ) { // only white space
|
---|
3774 | while ( end && s[end].isSpace() ) // skip white space from end
|
---|
3775 | end--;
|
---|
3776 | }
|
---|
3777 | int l = end - start + 1;
|
---|
3778 | if ( l <= 0 )
|
---|
3779 | return QString::fromLatin1("");
|
---|
3780 |
|
---|
3781 | QString result( l, TRUE );
|
---|
3782 | memcpy( result.d->unicode, &s[start], sizeof(QChar)*l );
|
---|
3783 | result.d->len = l;
|
---|
3784 | return result;
|
---|
3785 | }
|
---|
3786 |
|
---|
3787 |
|
---|
3788 | /*!
|
---|
3789 | Returns a string that has whitespace removed from the start and
|
---|
3790 | the end, and which has each sequence of internal whitespace
|
---|
3791 | replaced with a single space.
|
---|
3792 |
|
---|
3793 | Whitespace means any character for which QChar::isSpace() returns
|
---|
3794 | TRUE. This includes Unicode characters with decimal values 9
|
---|
3795 | (TAB), 10 (LF), 11 (VT), 12 (FF), 13 (CR), and 32 (Space).
|
---|
3796 |
|
---|
3797 | \code
|
---|
3798 | QString string = " lots\t of\nwhite space ";
|
---|
3799 | QString t = string.simplifyWhiteSpace();
|
---|
3800 | // t == "lots of white space"
|
---|
3801 | \endcode
|
---|
3802 |
|
---|
3803 | \sa stripWhiteSpace()
|
---|
3804 | */
|
---|
3805 |
|
---|
3806 | QString QString::simplifyWhiteSpace() const
|
---|
3807 | {
|
---|
3808 | if ( isEmpty() )
|
---|
3809 | return *this;
|
---|
3810 | QString result;
|
---|
3811 | result.setLength( length() );
|
---|
3812 | const QChar *from = unicode();
|
---|
3813 | const QChar *fromend = from+length();
|
---|
3814 | int outc=0;
|
---|
3815 | QChar *to = result.d->unicode;
|
---|
3816 | for (;;) {
|
---|
3817 | while ( from!=fromend && from->isSpace() )
|
---|
3818 | from++;
|
---|
3819 | while ( from!=fromend && !from->isSpace() )
|
---|
3820 | to[outc++] = *from++;
|
---|
3821 | if ( from!=fromend )
|
---|
3822 | to[outc++] = ' ';
|
---|
3823 | else
|
---|
3824 | break;
|
---|
3825 | }
|
---|
3826 | if ( outc > 0 && to[outc-1] == ' ' )
|
---|
3827 | outc--;
|
---|
3828 | result.truncate( outc );
|
---|
3829 | return result;
|
---|
3830 | }
|
---|
3831 |
|
---|
3832 |
|
---|
3833 | /*!
|
---|
3834 | Inserts \a s into the string at position \a index.
|
---|
3835 |
|
---|
3836 | If \a index is beyond the end of the string, the string is
|
---|
3837 | extended with spaces to length \a index and \a s is then appended
|
---|
3838 | and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
3839 |
|
---|
3840 | \code
|
---|
3841 | QString string( "I like fish" );
|
---|
3842 | str = string.insert( 2, "don't " );
|
---|
3843 | // str == "I don't like fish"
|
---|
3844 | \endcode
|
---|
3845 |
|
---|
3846 | \sa remove(), replace()
|
---|
3847 | */
|
---|
3848 |
|
---|
3849 | QString &QString::insert( uint index, const QString &s )
|
---|
3850 | {
|
---|
3851 | // the sub function takes care of &s == this case.
|
---|
3852 | return insert( index, s.unicode(), s.length() );
|
---|
3853 | }
|
---|
3854 |
|
---|
3855 | /*! \fn QString &QString::insert( uint index, const QByteArray &s )
|
---|
3856 | \overload
|
---|
3857 |
|
---|
3858 | Inserts \a s into the string at position \a index and returns
|
---|
3859 | a reference to the string.
|
---|
3860 | */
|
---|
3861 |
|
---|
3862 | /*! \fn QString &QString::insert( uint index, const char *s )
|
---|
3863 | \overload
|
---|
3864 |
|
---|
3865 | Inserts \a s into the string at position \a index and returns
|
---|
3866 | a reference to the string.
|
---|
3867 | */
|
---|
3868 |
|
---|
3869 | #ifndef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
|
---|
3870 | QString &QString::insertHelper( uint index, const char *s, uint len )
|
---|
3871 | {
|
---|
3872 | if ( s ) {
|
---|
3873 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
3874 | if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() )
|
---|
3875 | return insert( index, fromAscii( s, len ) );
|
---|
3876 | #endif
|
---|
3877 | if ( len == UINT_MAX )
|
---|
3878 | len = strlen( s );
|
---|
3879 | if ( len == 0 )
|
---|
3880 | return *this;
|
---|
3881 |
|
---|
3882 | uint olen = length();
|
---|
3883 | int nlen = olen + len;
|
---|
3884 |
|
---|
3885 | if ( index >= olen ) { // insert after end of string
|
---|
3886 | grow( len + index );
|
---|
3887 | int n = index - olen;
|
---|
3888 | QChar* uc = d->unicode + olen;
|
---|
3889 | while ( n-- )
|
---|
3890 | *uc++ = ' ';
|
---|
3891 |
|
---|
3892 | uc = d->unicode + index;
|
---|
3893 | while ( len-- )
|
---|
3894 | *uc++ = *s++;
|
---|
3895 | } else { // normal insert
|
---|
3896 | grow( nlen );
|
---|
3897 | memmove( d->unicode + index + len, unicode() + index,
|
---|
3898 | sizeof(QChar) * (olen - index) );
|
---|
3899 |
|
---|
3900 | QChar* uc = d->unicode + index;
|
---|
3901 | while ( len-- )
|
---|
3902 | *uc++ = *s++;
|
---|
3903 | }
|
---|
3904 | }
|
---|
3905 | return *this;
|
---|
3906 | }
|
---|
3907 | #endif
|
---|
3908 |
|
---|
3909 | /*!
|
---|
3910 | \overload
|
---|
3911 |
|
---|
3912 | Inserts the first \a len characters in \a s into the string at
|
---|
3913 | position \a index and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
3914 | */
|
---|
3915 |
|
---|
3916 | QString &QString::insert( uint index, const QChar* s, uint len )
|
---|
3917 | {
|
---|
3918 | if ( len == 0 )
|
---|
3919 | return *this;
|
---|
3920 | uint olen = length();
|
---|
3921 | int nlen = olen + len;
|
---|
3922 |
|
---|
3923 | if ( s >= d->unicode && (uint)(s - d->unicode) < d->maxl ) {
|
---|
3924 | // Part of me - take a copy.
|
---|
3925 | QChar *tmp = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( len );
|
---|
3926 | memcpy(tmp,s,len*sizeof(QChar));
|
---|
3927 | insert(index,tmp,len);
|
---|
3928 | QT_DELETE_QCHAR_VEC( tmp );
|
---|
3929 | return *this;
|
---|
3930 | }
|
---|
3931 |
|
---|
3932 | if ( index >= olen ) { // insert after end of string
|
---|
3933 | grow( len + index );
|
---|
3934 | int n = index - olen;
|
---|
3935 | QChar* uc = d->unicode+olen;
|
---|
3936 | while (n--)
|
---|
3937 | *uc++ = ' ';
|
---|
3938 | memcpy( d->unicode+index, s, sizeof(QChar)*len );
|
---|
3939 | } else { // normal insert
|
---|
3940 | grow( nlen );
|
---|
3941 | memmove( d->unicode + index + len, unicode() + index,
|
---|
3942 | sizeof(QChar) * (olen - index) );
|
---|
3943 | memcpy( d->unicode + index, s, sizeof(QChar) * len );
|
---|
3944 | }
|
---|
3945 | return *this;
|
---|
3946 | }
|
---|
3947 |
|
---|
3948 | /*!
|
---|
3949 | \overload
|
---|
3950 |
|
---|
3951 | Insert \a c into the string at position \a index and returns a
|
---|
3952 | reference to the string.
|
---|
3953 |
|
---|
3954 | If \a index is beyond the end of the string, the string is
|
---|
3955 | extended with spaces (ASCII 32) to length \a index and \a c is
|
---|
3956 | then appended.
|
---|
3957 | */
|
---|
3958 |
|
---|
3959 | QString &QString::insert( uint index, QChar c ) // insert char
|
---|
3960 | {
|
---|
3961 | QString s( c );
|
---|
3962 | return insert( index, s );
|
---|
3963 | }
|
---|
3964 |
|
---|
3965 | /*!
|
---|
3966 | \fn QString& QString::insert( uint index, char c )
|
---|
3967 |
|
---|
3968 | \overload
|
---|
3969 |
|
---|
3970 | Insert character \a c at position \a index.
|
---|
3971 | */
|
---|
3972 |
|
---|
3973 | /*!
|
---|
3974 | \fn QString &QString::prepend( const QString &s )
|
---|
3975 |
|
---|
3976 | Inserts \a s at the beginning of the string and returns a
|
---|
3977 | reference to the string.
|
---|
3978 |
|
---|
3979 | Equivalent to insert(0, \a s).
|
---|
3980 |
|
---|
3981 | \code
|
---|
3982 | QString string = "42";
|
---|
3983 | string.prepend( "The answer is " );
|
---|
3984 | // string == "The answer is 42"
|
---|
3985 | \endcode
|
---|
3986 |
|
---|
3987 | \sa insert()
|
---|
3988 | */
|
---|
3989 |
|
---|
3990 | /*!
|
---|
3991 | \fn QString& QString::prepend( char ch )
|
---|
3992 |
|
---|
3993 | \overload
|
---|
3994 |
|
---|
3995 | Inserts \a ch at the beginning of the string and returns a
|
---|
3996 | reference to the string.
|
---|
3997 |
|
---|
3998 | Equivalent to insert(0, \a ch).
|
---|
3999 |
|
---|
4000 | \sa insert()
|
---|
4001 | */
|
---|
4002 |
|
---|
4003 | /*!
|
---|
4004 | \fn QString& QString::prepend( QChar ch )
|
---|
4005 |
|
---|
4006 | \overload
|
---|
4007 |
|
---|
4008 | Inserts \a ch at the beginning of the string and returns a
|
---|
4009 | reference to the string.
|
---|
4010 |
|
---|
4011 | Equivalent to insert(0, \a ch).
|
---|
4012 |
|
---|
4013 | \sa insert()
|
---|
4014 | */
|
---|
4015 |
|
---|
4016 | /*! \fn QString& QString::prepend( const QByteArray &s )
|
---|
4017 | \overload
|
---|
4018 |
|
---|
4019 | Inserts \a s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4020 |
|
---|
4021 | Equivalent to insert(0, \a s).
|
---|
4022 |
|
---|
4023 | \sa insert()
|
---|
4024 | */
|
---|
4025 |
|
---|
4026 | /*! \fn QString& QString::prepend( const std::string &s )
|
---|
4027 | \overload
|
---|
4028 |
|
---|
4029 | Inserts \a s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4030 |
|
---|
4031 | Equivalent to insert(0, \a s).
|
---|
4032 |
|
---|
4033 | \sa insert()
|
---|
4034 | */
|
---|
4035 |
|
---|
4036 | /*!
|
---|
4037 | \overload
|
---|
4038 |
|
---|
4039 | Inserts \a s at the beginning of the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4040 |
|
---|
4041 | Equivalent to insert(0, \a s).
|
---|
4042 |
|
---|
4043 | \sa insert()
|
---|
4044 | */
|
---|
4045 | QString &QString::prepend( const char *s )
|
---|
4046 | {
|
---|
4047 | return insert( 0, QString(s) );
|
---|
4048 | }
|
---|
4049 |
|
---|
4050 | /*!
|
---|
4051 | Removes \a len characters from the string starting at position \a
|
---|
4052 | index, and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4053 |
|
---|
4054 | If \a index is beyond the length of the string, nothing happens.
|
---|
4055 | If \a index is within the string, but \a index + \a len is beyond
|
---|
4056 | the end of the string, the string is truncated at position \a
|
---|
4057 | index.
|
---|
4058 |
|
---|
4059 | \code
|
---|
4060 | QString string( "Montreal" );
|
---|
4061 | string.remove( 1, 4 ); // string == "Meal"
|
---|
4062 | \endcode
|
---|
4063 |
|
---|
4064 | \sa insert(), replace()
|
---|
4065 | */
|
---|
4066 |
|
---|
4067 | QString &QString::remove( uint index, uint len )
|
---|
4068 | {
|
---|
4069 | uint olen = length();
|
---|
4070 | if ( index >= olen ) {
|
---|
4071 | // range problems
|
---|
4072 | } else if ( index + len >= olen ) { // index ok
|
---|
4073 | setLength( index );
|
---|
4074 | } else if ( len != 0 ) {
|
---|
4075 | real_detach();
|
---|
4076 | memmove( d->unicode+index, d->unicode+index+len,
|
---|
4077 | sizeof(QChar)*(olen-index-len) );
|
---|
4078 | setLength( olen-len );
|
---|
4079 | }
|
---|
4080 | return *this;
|
---|
4081 | }
|
---|
4082 |
|
---|
4083 | /*! \overload
|
---|
4084 |
|
---|
4085 | Removes every occurrence of the character \a c in the string.
|
---|
4086 | Returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4087 |
|
---|
4088 | This is the same as replace(\a c, "").
|
---|
4089 | */
|
---|
4090 | QString &QString::remove( QChar c )
|
---|
4091 | {
|
---|
4092 | int i = 0;
|
---|
4093 | while ( i < (int) length() ) {
|
---|
4094 | if ( constref(i) == c ) {
|
---|
4095 | remove( i, 1 );
|
---|
4096 | } else {
|
---|
4097 | i++;
|
---|
4098 | }
|
---|
4099 | }
|
---|
4100 | return *this;
|
---|
4101 | }
|
---|
4102 |
|
---|
4103 | /*! \overload
|
---|
4104 |
|
---|
4105 | \fn QString &QString::remove( char c )
|
---|
4106 |
|
---|
4107 | Removes every occurrence of the character \a c in the string.
|
---|
4108 | Returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4109 |
|
---|
4110 | This is the same as replace(\a c, "").
|
---|
4111 | */
|
---|
4112 |
|
---|
4113 | /*! \overload
|
---|
4114 |
|
---|
4115 | Removes every occurrence of \a str in the string. Returns a
|
---|
4116 | reference to the string.
|
---|
4117 |
|
---|
4118 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
4119 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
4120 |
|
---|
4121 | This is the same as replace(\a str, "", \a cs).
|
---|
4122 | */
|
---|
4123 | QString &QString::remove( const QString & str, bool cs )
|
---|
4124 | {
|
---|
4125 | if ( str.isEmpty() ) {
|
---|
4126 | if ( isNull() )
|
---|
4127 | real_detach();
|
---|
4128 | } else {
|
---|
4129 | int index = 0;
|
---|
4130 | while ( (index = find(str, index, cs)) != -1 )
|
---|
4131 | remove( index, str.length() );
|
---|
4132 | }
|
---|
4133 | return *this;
|
---|
4134 | }
|
---|
4135 |
|
---|
4136 | QString &QString::remove( const QString & str )
|
---|
4137 | {
|
---|
4138 | return remove( str, TRUE );
|
---|
4139 | }
|
---|
4140 |
|
---|
4141 | /*! \overload
|
---|
4142 |
|
---|
4143 | Replaces every occurrence of \a c1 with the char \a c2. Returns a
|
---|
4144 | reference to the string.
|
---|
4145 | */
|
---|
4146 | QString &QString::replace( QChar c1, QChar c2 )
|
---|
4147 | {
|
---|
4148 | if ( isEmpty() )
|
---|
4149 | return *this;
|
---|
4150 |
|
---|
4151 | real_detach();
|
---|
4152 | uint i = 0;
|
---|
4153 | while ( i < d->len ) {
|
---|
4154 | if ( d->unicode[i] == c1 )
|
---|
4155 | d->unicode[i] = c2;
|
---|
4156 | i++;
|
---|
4157 | }
|
---|
4158 | return *this;
|
---|
4159 | }
|
---|
4160 |
|
---|
4161 | #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
|
---|
4162 |
|
---|
4163 | /*! \overload
|
---|
4164 |
|
---|
4165 | Removes every occurrence of the regular expression \a rx in the
|
---|
4166 | string. Returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4167 |
|
---|
4168 | This is the same as replace(\a rx, "").
|
---|
4169 | */
|
---|
4170 |
|
---|
4171 | QString &QString::remove( const QRegExp & rx )
|
---|
4172 | {
|
---|
4173 | return replace( rx, QString::null );
|
---|
4174 | }
|
---|
4175 |
|
---|
4176 | #endif
|
---|
4177 |
|
---|
4178 | /*!
|
---|
4179 | \overload
|
---|
4180 |
|
---|
4181 | Removes every occurrence of \a str in the string. Returns a
|
---|
4182 | reference to the string.
|
---|
4183 | */
|
---|
4184 | QString &QString::remove( const char *str )
|
---|
4185 | {
|
---|
4186 | return remove( QString::fromAscii(str), TRUE );
|
---|
4187 | }
|
---|
4188 |
|
---|
4189 | /*!
|
---|
4190 | Replaces \a len characters from the string with \a s, starting at
|
---|
4191 | position \a index, and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4192 |
|
---|
4193 | If \a index is beyond the length of the string, nothing is deleted
|
---|
4194 | and \a s is appended at the end of the string. If \a index is
|
---|
4195 | valid, but \a index + \a len is beyond the end of the string,
|
---|
4196 | the string is truncated at position \a index, then \a s is
|
---|
4197 | appended at the end.
|
---|
4198 |
|
---|
4199 | \code
|
---|
4200 | QString string( "Say yes!" );
|
---|
4201 | string = string.replace( 4, 3, "NO" );
|
---|
4202 | // string == "Say NO!"
|
---|
4203 | \endcode
|
---|
4204 |
|
---|
4205 | \sa insert(), remove()
|
---|
4206 | */
|
---|
4207 |
|
---|
4208 | QString &QString::replace( uint index, uint len, const QString &s )
|
---|
4209 | {
|
---|
4210 | return replace( index, len, s.unicode(), s.length() );
|
---|
4211 | }
|
---|
4212 |
|
---|
4213 | /*! \overload
|
---|
4214 |
|
---|
4215 | This is the same as replace(\a index, \a len, QString(\a c)).
|
---|
4216 | */
|
---|
4217 | QString &QString::replace( uint index, uint len, QChar c )
|
---|
4218 | {
|
---|
4219 | return replace( index, len, &c, 1 );
|
---|
4220 | }
|
---|
4221 |
|
---|
4222 | /*! \overload
|
---|
4223 | \fn QString &QString::replace( uint index, uint len, char c )
|
---|
4224 |
|
---|
4225 | This is the same as replace(\a index, \a len, QChar(\a c)).
|
---|
4226 | */
|
---|
4227 |
|
---|
4228 | /*!
|
---|
4229 | \overload
|
---|
4230 |
|
---|
4231 | Replaces \a len characters with \a slen characters of QChar data
|
---|
4232 | from \a s, starting at position \a index, and returns a reference
|
---|
4233 | to the string.
|
---|
4234 |
|
---|
4235 | \sa insert(), remove()
|
---|
4236 | */
|
---|
4237 |
|
---|
4238 | QString &QString::replace( uint index, uint len, const QChar* s, uint slen )
|
---|
4239 | {
|
---|
4240 | real_detach();
|
---|
4241 | if ( len == slen && index + len <= length() ) {
|
---|
4242 | // Optimized common case: replace without size change
|
---|
4243 | memcpy( d->unicode+index, s, len * sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
4244 | } else if ( s >= d->unicode && (uint)(s - d->unicode) < d->maxl ) {
|
---|
4245 | // Part of me - take a copy.
|
---|
4246 | QChar *tmp = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( slen );
|
---|
4247 | memcpy( tmp, s, slen * sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
4248 | replace( index, len, tmp, slen );
|
---|
4249 | QT_DELETE_QCHAR_VEC( tmp );
|
---|
4250 | } else {
|
---|
4251 | remove( index, len );
|
---|
4252 | insert( index, s, slen );
|
---|
4253 | }
|
---|
4254 | return *this;
|
---|
4255 | }
|
---|
4256 |
|
---|
4257 | /*! \overload
|
---|
4258 |
|
---|
4259 | Replaces every occurrence of the character \a c in the string
|
---|
4260 | with \a after. Returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4261 |
|
---|
4262 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
4263 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
4264 |
|
---|
4265 | Example:
|
---|
4266 | \code
|
---|
4267 | QString s = "a,b,c";
|
---|
4268 | s.replace( QChar(','), " or " );
|
---|
4269 | // s == "a or b or c"
|
---|
4270 | \endcode
|
---|
4271 | */
|
---|
4272 | QString &QString::replace( QChar c, const QString & after, bool cs )
|
---|
4273 | {
|
---|
4274 | return replace( QString( c ), after, cs );
|
---|
4275 | }
|
---|
4276 |
|
---|
4277 | QString &QString::replace( QChar c, const QString & after )
|
---|
4278 | {
|
---|
4279 | return replace( QString( c ), after, TRUE );
|
---|
4280 | }
|
---|
4281 |
|
---|
4282 | /*! \overload
|
---|
4283 | \fn QString &QString::replace( char c, const QString & after, bool cs )
|
---|
4284 |
|
---|
4285 | Replaces every occurrence of the character \a c in the string
|
---|
4286 | with \a after. Returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4287 |
|
---|
4288 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
4289 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
4290 | */
|
---|
4291 |
|
---|
4292 | /*! \overload
|
---|
4293 |
|
---|
4294 | Replaces every occurrence of the string \a before in the string
|
---|
4295 | with the string \a after. Returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4296 |
|
---|
4297 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
4298 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
4299 |
|
---|
4300 | Example:
|
---|
4301 | \code
|
---|
4302 | QString s = "Greek is Greek";
|
---|
4303 | s.replace( "Greek", "English" );
|
---|
4304 | // s == "English is English"
|
---|
4305 | \endcode
|
---|
4306 | */
|
---|
4307 | QString &QString::replace( const QString & before, const QString & after,
|
---|
4308 | bool cs )
|
---|
4309 | {
|
---|
4310 | if ( isEmpty() ) {
|
---|
4311 | if ( !before.isEmpty() )
|
---|
4312 | return *this;
|
---|
4313 | } else {
|
---|
4314 | if ( cs && before == after )
|
---|
4315 | return *this;
|
---|
4316 | }
|
---|
4317 |
|
---|
4318 | real_detach();
|
---|
4319 |
|
---|
4320 | int index = 0;
|
---|
4321 | uint skiptable[256];
|
---|
4322 | bm_init_skiptable( before, skiptable, cs );
|
---|
4323 | const int bl = before.length();
|
---|
4324 | const int al = after.length();
|
---|
4325 |
|
---|
4326 | if ( bl == al ) {
|
---|
4327 | if ( bl ) {
|
---|
4328 | const QChar *auc = after.unicode();
|
---|
4329 | while ( (index = bm_find(*this, index, before, skiptable, cs) ) != -1 ) {
|
---|
4330 | memcpy( d->unicode + index, auc, al * sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
4331 | index += bl;
|
---|
4332 | }
|
---|
4333 | }
|
---|
4334 | } else if ( al < bl ) {
|
---|
4335 | const QChar *auc = after.unicode();
|
---|
4336 | uint to = 0;
|
---|
4337 | uint movestart = 0;
|
---|
4338 | uint num = 0;
|
---|
4339 | while ( (index = bm_find(*this, index, before, skiptable, cs)) != -1 ) {
|
---|
4340 | if ( num ) {
|
---|
4341 | int msize = index - movestart;
|
---|
4342 | if ( msize > 0 ) {
|
---|
4343 | memmove( d->unicode + to, d->unicode + movestart, msize*sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
4344 | to += msize;
|
---|
4345 | }
|
---|
4346 | } else {
|
---|
4347 | to = index;
|
---|
4348 | }
|
---|
4349 | if ( al ) {
|
---|
4350 | memcpy( d->unicode+to, auc, al*sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
4351 | to += al;
|
---|
4352 | }
|
---|
4353 | index += bl;
|
---|
4354 | movestart = index;
|
---|
4355 | num++;
|
---|
4356 | }
|
---|
4357 | if ( num ) {
|
---|
4358 | int msize = d->len - movestart;
|
---|
4359 | if ( msize > 0 )
|
---|
4360 | memmove( d->unicode + to, d->unicode + movestart, msize*sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
4361 | setLength( d->len - num*(bl-al) );
|
---|
4362 | }
|
---|
4363 | } else {
|
---|
4364 | // the most complex case. We don't want to loose performance by doing repeated
|
---|
4365 | // copies and reallocs of the string.
|
---|
4366 | while ( index != -1 ) {
|
---|
4367 | uint indices[4096];
|
---|
4368 | uint pos = 0;
|
---|
4369 | while ( pos < 4095 ) {
|
---|
4370 | index = bm_find( *this, index, before, skiptable, cs );
|
---|
4371 | if ( index == -1 )
|
---|
4372 | break;
|
---|
4373 | indices[pos++] = index;
|
---|
4374 | index += bl;
|
---|
4375 | // avoid infinite loop
|
---|
4376 | if ( !bl )
|
---|
4377 | index++;
|
---|
4378 | }
|
---|
4379 | if ( !pos )
|
---|
4380 | break;
|
---|
4381 |
|
---|
4382 | // we have a table of replacement positions, use them for fast replacing
|
---|
4383 | int adjust = pos*(al-bl);
|
---|
4384 | // index has to be adjusted in case we get back into the loop above.
|
---|
4385 | if ( index != -1 )
|
---|
4386 | index += adjust;
|
---|
4387 | uint newlen = d->len + adjust;
|
---|
4388 | int moveend = d->len;
|
---|
4389 | if ( newlen > d->len )
|
---|
4390 | setLength( newlen );
|
---|
4391 |
|
---|
4392 | while ( pos ) {
|
---|
4393 | pos--;
|
---|
4394 | int movestart = indices[pos] + bl;
|
---|
4395 | int insertstart = indices[pos] + pos*(al-bl);
|
---|
4396 | int moveto = insertstart + al;
|
---|
4397 | memmove( d->unicode + moveto, d->unicode + movestart, (moveend - movestart)*sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
4398 | memcpy( d->unicode + insertstart, after.unicode(), al*sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
4399 | moveend = movestart-bl;
|
---|
4400 | }
|
---|
4401 | }
|
---|
4402 | }
|
---|
4403 | return *this;
|
---|
4404 | }
|
---|
4405 |
|
---|
4406 | QString &QString::replace( const QString & before, const QString & after )
|
---|
4407 | {
|
---|
4408 | return replace( before, after, TRUE );
|
---|
4409 | }
|
---|
4410 |
|
---|
4411 | #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP_CAPTURE
|
---|
4412 | /*! \overload
|
---|
4413 |
|
---|
4414 | Replaces every occurrence of the regexp \a rx in the string with
|
---|
4415 | \a after. Returns a reference to the string. For example:
|
---|
4416 | \code
|
---|
4417 | QString s = "banana";
|
---|
4418 | s.replace( QRegExp("an"), "" );
|
---|
4419 | // s == "ba"
|
---|
4420 | \endcode
|
---|
4421 |
|
---|
4422 | For regexps containing \link qregexp.html#capturing-text capturing
|
---|
4423 | parentheses \endlink, occurrences of <b>\\1</b>, <b>\\2</b>, ...,
|
---|
4424 | in \a after are replaced with \a{rx}.cap(1), cap(2), ...
|
---|
4425 |
|
---|
4426 | \code
|
---|
4427 | QString t = "A <i>bon mot</i>.";
|
---|
4428 | t.replace( QRegExp("<i>([^<]*)</i>"), "\\emph{\\1}" );
|
---|
4429 | // t == "A \\emph{bon mot}."
|
---|
4430 | \endcode
|
---|
4431 |
|
---|
4432 | \sa find(), findRev(), QRegExp::cap()
|
---|
4433 | */
|
---|
4434 |
|
---|
4435 | QString &QString::replace( const QRegExp &rx, const QString &after )
|
---|
4436 | {
|
---|
4437 | QRegExp rx2 = rx;
|
---|
4438 |
|
---|
4439 | if ( isEmpty() && rx2.search(*this) == -1 )
|
---|
4440 | return *this;
|
---|
4441 |
|
---|
4442 | real_detach();
|
---|
4443 |
|
---|
4444 | int index = 0;
|
---|
4445 | int numCaptures = rx2.numCaptures();
|
---|
4446 | int al = after.length();
|
---|
4447 | QRegExp::CaretMode caretMode = QRegExp::CaretAtZero;
|
---|
4448 |
|
---|
4449 | if ( numCaptures > 0 ) {
|
---|
4450 | if ( numCaptures > 9 )
|
---|
4451 | numCaptures = 9;
|
---|
4452 |
|
---|
4453 | const QChar *uc = after.unicode();
|
---|
4454 | int numBackRefs = 0;
|
---|
4455 |
|
---|
4456 | for ( int i = 0; i < al - 1; i++ ) {
|
---|
4457 | if ( uc[i] == '\\' ) {
|
---|
4458 | int no = uc[i + 1].digitValue();
|
---|
4459 | if ( no > 0 && no <= numCaptures )
|
---|
4460 | numBackRefs++;
|
---|
4461 | }
|
---|
4462 | }
|
---|
4463 |
|
---|
4464 | /*
|
---|
4465 | This is the harder case where we have back-references.
|
---|
4466 | We don't try to optimize it.
|
---|
4467 | */
|
---|
4468 | if ( numBackRefs > 0 ) {
|
---|
4469 | int *capturePositions = new int[numBackRefs];
|
---|
4470 | int *captureNumbers = new int[numBackRefs];
|
---|
4471 | int j = 0;
|
---|
4472 |
|
---|
4473 | for ( int i = 0; i < al - 1; i++ ) {
|
---|
4474 | if ( uc[i] == '\\' ) {
|
---|
4475 | int no = uc[i + 1].digitValue();
|
---|
4476 | if ( no > 0 && no <= numCaptures ) {
|
---|
4477 | capturePositions[j] = i;
|
---|
4478 | captureNumbers[j] = no;
|
---|
4479 | j++;
|
---|
4480 | }
|
---|
4481 | }
|
---|
4482 | }
|
---|
4483 |
|
---|
4484 | while ( index <= (int)length() ) {
|
---|
4485 | index = rx2.search( *this, index, caretMode );
|
---|
4486 | if ( index == -1 )
|
---|
4487 | break;
|
---|
4488 |
|
---|
4489 | QString after2 = after;
|
---|
4490 | for ( j = numBackRefs - 1; j >= 0; j-- )
|
---|
4491 | after2.replace( capturePositions[j], 2,
|
---|
4492 | rx2.cap(captureNumbers[j]) );
|
---|
4493 |
|
---|
4494 | replace( index, rx2.matchedLength(), after2 );
|
---|
4495 | index += after2.length();
|
---|
4496 |
|
---|
4497 | if ( rx2.matchedLength() == 0 ) {
|
---|
4498 | // avoid infinite loop on 0-length matches (e.g., [a-z]*)
|
---|
4499 | index++;
|
---|
4500 | }
|
---|
4501 | caretMode = QRegExp::CaretWontMatch;
|
---|
4502 | }
|
---|
4503 | delete[] capturePositions;
|
---|
4504 | delete[] captureNumbers;
|
---|
4505 | return *this;
|
---|
4506 | }
|
---|
4507 | }
|
---|
4508 |
|
---|
4509 | /*
|
---|
4510 | This is the simple and optimized case where we don't have
|
---|
4511 | back-references.
|
---|
4512 | */
|
---|
4513 | while ( index != -1 ) {
|
---|
4514 | struct {
|
---|
4515 | int pos;
|
---|
4516 | int length;
|
---|
4517 | } replacements[2048];
|
---|
4518 |
|
---|
4519 | uint pos = 0;
|
---|
4520 | int adjust = 0;
|
---|
4521 | while ( pos < 2047 ) {
|
---|
4522 | index = rx2.search( *this, index, caretMode );
|
---|
4523 | if ( index == -1 )
|
---|
4524 | break;
|
---|
4525 | int ml = rx2.matchedLength();
|
---|
4526 | replacements[pos].pos = index;
|
---|
4527 | replacements[pos++].length = ml;
|
---|
4528 | index += ml;
|
---|
4529 | adjust += al - ml;
|
---|
4530 | // avoid infinite loop
|
---|
4531 | if ( !ml )
|
---|
4532 | index++;
|
---|
4533 | }
|
---|
4534 | if ( !pos )
|
---|
4535 | break;
|
---|
4536 | replacements[pos].pos = d->len;
|
---|
4537 | uint newlen = d->len + adjust;
|
---|
4538 |
|
---|
4539 | // to continue searching at the right position after we did
|
---|
4540 | // the first round of replacements
|
---|
4541 | if ( index != -1 )
|
---|
4542 | index += adjust;
|
---|
4543 | QChar *newuc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( newlen + 1 );
|
---|
4544 | QChar *uc = newuc;
|
---|
4545 | int copystart = 0;
|
---|
4546 | uint i = 0;
|
---|
4547 | while ( i < pos ) {
|
---|
4548 | int copyend = replacements[i].pos;
|
---|
4549 | int size = copyend - copystart;
|
---|
4550 | memcpy( uc, d->unicode + copystart, size * sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
4551 | uc += size;
|
---|
4552 | memcpy( uc, after.unicode(), al * sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
4553 | uc += al;
|
---|
4554 | copystart = copyend + replacements[i].length;
|
---|
4555 | i++;
|
---|
4556 | }
|
---|
4557 | memcpy( uc, d->unicode + copystart,
|
---|
4558 | (d->len - copystart) * sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
4559 | QT_DELETE_QCHAR_VEC( d->unicode );
|
---|
4560 | d->unicode = newuc;
|
---|
4561 | d->len = newlen;
|
---|
4562 | d->maxl = newlen + 1;
|
---|
4563 | d->setDirty();
|
---|
4564 | caretMode = QRegExp::CaretWontMatch;
|
---|
4565 | }
|
---|
4566 | return *this;
|
---|
4567 | }
|
---|
4568 | #endif
|
---|
4569 |
|
---|
4570 | #ifndef QT_NO_REGEXP
|
---|
4571 | /*!
|
---|
4572 | Finds the first match of the regular expression \a rx, starting
|
---|
4573 | from position \a index. If \a index is -1, the search starts at
|
---|
4574 | the last character; if -2, at the next to last character and so
|
---|
4575 | on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
|
---|
4576 |
|
---|
4577 | Returns the position of the first match of \a rx or -1 if no match
|
---|
4578 | was found.
|
---|
4579 |
|
---|
4580 | \code
|
---|
4581 | QString string( "bananas" );
|
---|
4582 | int i = string.find( QRegExp("an"), 0 ); // i == 1
|
---|
4583 | \endcode
|
---|
4584 |
|
---|
4585 | \sa findRev() replace() contains()
|
---|
4586 | */
|
---|
4587 |
|
---|
4588 | int QString::find( const QRegExp &rx, int index ) const
|
---|
4589 | {
|
---|
4590 | return rx.search( *this, index );
|
---|
4591 | }
|
---|
4592 |
|
---|
4593 | /*!
|
---|
4594 | \overload
|
---|
4595 |
|
---|
4596 | Finds the first match of the regexp \a rx, starting at position \a
|
---|
4597 | index and searching backwards. If the index is -1, the search
|
---|
4598 | starts at the last character, if it is -2, at the next to last
|
---|
4599 | character and so on. (See findRev() for searching backwards.)
|
---|
4600 |
|
---|
4601 | Returns the position of the match or -1 if no match was found.
|
---|
4602 |
|
---|
4603 | \code
|
---|
4604 | QString string( "bananas" );
|
---|
4605 | int i = string.findRev( QRegExp("an") ); // i == 3
|
---|
4606 | \endcode
|
---|
4607 |
|
---|
4608 | \sa find()
|
---|
4609 | */
|
---|
4610 |
|
---|
4611 | int QString::findRev( const QRegExp &rx, int index ) const
|
---|
4612 | {
|
---|
4613 | return rx.searchRev( *this, index );
|
---|
4614 | }
|
---|
4615 |
|
---|
4616 | /*!
|
---|
4617 | \overload
|
---|
4618 |
|
---|
4619 | Returns the number of times the regexp, \a rx, matches in the
|
---|
4620 | string.
|
---|
4621 |
|
---|
4622 | This function counts overlapping matches, so in the example below,
|
---|
4623 | there are four instances of "ana" or "ama".
|
---|
4624 |
|
---|
4625 | \code
|
---|
4626 | QString str = "banana and panama";
|
---|
4627 | QRegExp rxp = QRegExp( "a[nm]a", TRUE, FALSE );
|
---|
4628 | int i = str.contains( rxp ); // i == 4
|
---|
4629 | \endcode
|
---|
4630 |
|
---|
4631 | \sa find() findRev()
|
---|
4632 | */
|
---|
4633 |
|
---|
4634 | int QString::contains( const QRegExp &rx ) const
|
---|
4635 | {
|
---|
4636 | int count = 0;
|
---|
4637 | int index = -1;
|
---|
4638 | int len = length();
|
---|
4639 | while ( index < len - 1 ) { // count overlapping matches
|
---|
4640 | index = rx.search( *this, index + 1 );
|
---|
4641 | if ( index == -1 )
|
---|
4642 | break;
|
---|
4643 | count++;
|
---|
4644 | }
|
---|
4645 | return count;
|
---|
4646 | }
|
---|
4647 |
|
---|
4648 | #endif //QT_NO_REGEXP
|
---|
4649 |
|
---|
4650 | /*!
|
---|
4651 | Returns the string converted to a \c long using base \a
|
---|
4652 | base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
---|
4653 | \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
---|
4654 | following rules: If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
---|
4655 | be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
---|
4656 | otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
---|
4657 |
|
---|
4658 | Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
---|
4659 |
|
---|
4660 | If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
---|
4661 | FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
---|
4662 |
|
---|
4663 | \sa number()
|
---|
4664 | */
|
---|
4665 |
|
---|
4666 | long QString::toLong( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
---|
4667 | {
|
---|
4668 | Q_LLONG v = toLongLong( ok, base );
|
---|
4669 | if ( v < LONG_MIN || v > LONG_MAX ) {
|
---|
4670 | if ( ok )
|
---|
4671 | *ok = FALSE;
|
---|
4672 | v = 0;
|
---|
4673 | }
|
---|
4674 | return long(v);
|
---|
4675 | }
|
---|
4676 |
|
---|
4677 | /*!
|
---|
4678 | Returns the string converted to a \c {long long} using base \a
|
---|
4679 | base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
---|
4680 | \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
---|
4681 | following rules: If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
---|
4682 | be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
---|
4683 | otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
---|
4684 |
|
---|
4685 | Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
---|
4686 |
|
---|
4687 | If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
---|
4688 | FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
---|
4689 |
|
---|
4690 | \sa number()
|
---|
4691 | */
|
---|
4692 |
|
---|
4693 | Q_LLONG QString::toLongLong( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
---|
4694 | {
|
---|
4695 | #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
---|
4696 | if ( base != 0 && (base < 2 || base > 36) ) {
|
---|
4697 | qWarning( "QString::toLongLong: Invalid base (%d)", base );
|
---|
4698 | base = 10;
|
---|
4699 | }
|
---|
4700 | #endif
|
---|
4701 |
|
---|
4702 | QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
|
---|
4703 | return locale.d->stringToLongLong(*this, base, ok);
|
---|
4704 | }
|
---|
4705 |
|
---|
4706 | /*!
|
---|
4707 | Returns the string converted to an \c {unsigned long} using base \a
|
---|
4708 | base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
---|
4709 | \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
---|
4710 | following rules: If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
---|
4711 | be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
---|
4712 | otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
---|
4713 |
|
---|
4714 | Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
---|
4715 |
|
---|
4716 | If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
---|
4717 | FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
---|
4718 |
|
---|
4719 | \sa number()
|
---|
4720 | */
|
---|
4721 |
|
---|
4722 | ulong QString::toULong( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
---|
4723 | {
|
---|
4724 | Q_ULLONG v = toULongLong( ok, base );
|
---|
4725 | if ( v > ULONG_MAX ) {
|
---|
4726 | if ( ok )
|
---|
4727 | *ok = FALSE;
|
---|
4728 | v = 0;
|
---|
4729 | }
|
---|
4730 | return ulong(v);
|
---|
4731 | }
|
---|
4732 |
|
---|
4733 | /*!
|
---|
4734 | Returns the string converted to an \c {unsigned long long} using base \a
|
---|
4735 | base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
---|
4736 | \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
---|
4737 | following rules: If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
---|
4738 | be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
---|
4739 | otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
---|
4740 |
|
---|
4741 | Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
---|
4742 |
|
---|
4743 | If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
---|
4744 | FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
---|
4745 |
|
---|
4746 | \sa number()
|
---|
4747 | */
|
---|
4748 |
|
---|
4749 | Q_ULLONG QString::toULongLong( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
---|
4750 | {
|
---|
4751 | #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
---|
4752 | if ( base != 0 && (base < 2 || base > 36) ) {
|
---|
4753 | qWarning( "QString::toULongLong: Invalid base %d", base );
|
---|
4754 | base = 10;
|
---|
4755 | }
|
---|
4756 | #endif
|
---|
4757 |
|
---|
4758 | QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
|
---|
4759 | return locale.d->stringToUnsLongLong(*this, base, ok);
|
---|
4760 | }
|
---|
4761 |
|
---|
4762 | /*!
|
---|
4763 | Returns the string converted to a \c short using base \a
|
---|
4764 | base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
---|
4765 | \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
---|
4766 | following rules: If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
---|
4767 | be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
---|
4768 | otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
---|
4769 |
|
---|
4770 | Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
---|
4771 |
|
---|
4772 | If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
---|
4773 | FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
---|
4774 |
|
---|
4775 | \sa number()
|
---|
4776 | */
|
---|
4777 |
|
---|
4778 |
|
---|
4779 | short QString::toShort( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
---|
4780 | {
|
---|
4781 | Q_LLONG v = toLongLong( ok, base );
|
---|
4782 | if ( v < SHRT_MIN || v > SHRT_MAX ) {
|
---|
4783 | if ( ok )
|
---|
4784 | *ok = FALSE;
|
---|
4785 | v = 0;
|
---|
4786 | }
|
---|
4787 | return (short)v;
|
---|
4788 | }
|
---|
4789 |
|
---|
4790 | /*!
|
---|
4791 | Returns the string converted to an \c {unsigned short} using base \a
|
---|
4792 | base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
---|
4793 | \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
---|
4794 | following rules: If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
---|
4795 | be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
---|
4796 | otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
---|
4797 |
|
---|
4798 | Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
---|
4799 |
|
---|
4800 | If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
---|
4801 | FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
---|
4802 |
|
---|
4803 | \sa number()
|
---|
4804 | */
|
---|
4805 |
|
---|
4806 | ushort QString::toUShort( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
---|
4807 | {
|
---|
4808 | Q_ULLONG v = toULongLong( ok, base );
|
---|
4809 | if ( v > USHRT_MAX ) {
|
---|
4810 | if ( ok )
|
---|
4811 | *ok = FALSE;
|
---|
4812 | v = 0;
|
---|
4813 | }
|
---|
4814 | return (ushort)v;
|
---|
4815 | }
|
---|
4816 |
|
---|
4817 |
|
---|
4818 | /*!
|
---|
4819 | Returns the string converted to an \c int using base \a
|
---|
4820 | base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
---|
4821 | \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
---|
4822 | following rules: If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
---|
4823 | be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
---|
4824 | otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
---|
4825 |
|
---|
4826 | Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
---|
4827 |
|
---|
4828 | If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
---|
4829 | FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
---|
4830 |
|
---|
4831 | \code
|
---|
4832 | QString str( "FF" );
|
---|
4833 | bool ok;
|
---|
4834 | int hex = str.toInt( &ok, 16 ); // hex == 255, ok == TRUE
|
---|
4835 | int dec = str.toInt( &ok, 10 ); // dec == 0, ok == FALSE
|
---|
4836 | \endcode
|
---|
4837 |
|
---|
4838 | \sa number()
|
---|
4839 | */
|
---|
4840 |
|
---|
4841 | int QString::toInt( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
---|
4842 | {
|
---|
4843 | Q_LLONG v = toLongLong( ok, base );
|
---|
4844 | if ( v < INT_MIN || v > INT_MAX ) {
|
---|
4845 | if ( ok )
|
---|
4846 | *ok = FALSE;
|
---|
4847 | v = 0;
|
---|
4848 | }
|
---|
4849 | return (int)v;
|
---|
4850 | }
|
---|
4851 |
|
---|
4852 | /*!
|
---|
4853 | Returns the string converted to an \c {unsigned int} using base \a
|
---|
4854 | base, which is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36 or 0. If
|
---|
4855 | \a base is 0, the base is determined automatically using the
|
---|
4856 | following rules: If the string begins with "0x", it is assumed to
|
---|
4857 | be hexadecimal; if it begins with "0", it is assumed to be octal;
|
---|
4858 | otherwise it is assumed to be decimal.
|
---|
4859 |
|
---|
4860 | Returns 0 if the conversion fails.
|
---|
4861 |
|
---|
4862 | If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
---|
4863 | FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
---|
4864 |
|
---|
4865 | \sa number()
|
---|
4866 | */
|
---|
4867 |
|
---|
4868 | uint QString::toUInt( bool *ok, int base ) const
|
---|
4869 | {
|
---|
4870 | Q_ULLONG v = toULongLong( ok, base );
|
---|
4871 | if ( v > UINT_MAX ) {
|
---|
4872 | if ( ok )
|
---|
4873 | *ok = FALSE;
|
---|
4874 | v = 0;
|
---|
4875 | }
|
---|
4876 | return (uint)v;
|
---|
4877 | }
|
---|
4878 |
|
---|
4879 | /*!
|
---|
4880 | Returns the string converted to a \c double value.
|
---|
4881 |
|
---|
4882 | Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails.
|
---|
4883 |
|
---|
4884 | If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
---|
4885 | FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
---|
4886 |
|
---|
4887 | \code
|
---|
4888 | QString string( "1234.56" );
|
---|
4889 | double a = string.toDouble(); // a == 1234.56
|
---|
4890 | \endcode
|
---|
4891 |
|
---|
4892 | \sa number()
|
---|
4893 | */
|
---|
4894 |
|
---|
4895 | double QString::toDouble( bool *ok ) const
|
---|
4896 | {
|
---|
4897 | QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
|
---|
4898 | return locale.d->stringToDouble(*this, ok);
|
---|
4899 | }
|
---|
4900 |
|
---|
4901 | /*!
|
---|
4902 | Returns the string converted to a \c float value.
|
---|
4903 |
|
---|
4904 | Returns 0.0 if the conversion fails.
|
---|
4905 |
|
---|
4906 | If \a ok is not 0: if a conversion error occurs, \a *ok is set to
|
---|
4907 | FALSE; otherwise \a *ok is set to TRUE.
|
---|
4908 |
|
---|
4909 | \sa number()
|
---|
4910 | */
|
---|
4911 |
|
---|
4912 | float QString::toFloat( bool *ok ) const
|
---|
4913 | {
|
---|
4914 | return (float)toDouble( ok );
|
---|
4915 | }
|
---|
4916 |
|
---|
4917 | /*!
|
---|
4918 | Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
|
---|
4919 | returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4920 |
|
---|
4921 | The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
---|
4922 |
|
---|
4923 | \code
|
---|
4924 | QString string;
|
---|
4925 | string = string.setNum( 1234 ); // string == "1234"
|
---|
4926 | \endcode
|
---|
4927 | */
|
---|
4928 |
|
---|
4929 | QString &QString::setNum( Q_LLONG n, int base )
|
---|
4930 | {
|
---|
4931 | #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
---|
4932 | if ( base < 2 || base > 36 ) {
|
---|
4933 | qWarning( "QString::setNum: Invalid base %d", base );
|
---|
4934 | base = 10;
|
---|
4935 | }
|
---|
4936 | #endif
|
---|
4937 | QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
|
---|
4938 | *this = locale.d->longLongToString(n, -1, base);
|
---|
4939 | return *this;
|
---|
4940 | }
|
---|
4941 |
|
---|
4942 | /*!
|
---|
4943 | \overload
|
---|
4944 |
|
---|
4945 | Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
|
---|
4946 | returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4947 |
|
---|
4948 | The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
---|
4949 | */
|
---|
4950 |
|
---|
4951 | QString &QString::setNum( Q_ULLONG n, int base )
|
---|
4952 | {
|
---|
4953 | #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
---|
4954 | if ( base < 2 || base > 36 ) {
|
---|
4955 | qWarning( "QString::setNum: Invalid base %d", base );
|
---|
4956 | base = 10;
|
---|
4957 | }
|
---|
4958 | #endif
|
---|
4959 | QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
|
---|
4960 | *this = locale.d->unsLongLongToString(n, -1, base);
|
---|
4961 | return *this;
|
---|
4962 | }
|
---|
4963 |
|
---|
4964 | /*!
|
---|
4965 | \fn QString &QString::setNum( long n, int base )
|
---|
4966 |
|
---|
4967 | \overload
|
---|
4968 | */
|
---|
4969 | // ### 4.0: inline
|
---|
4970 | QString &QString::setNum( long n, int base )
|
---|
4971 | {
|
---|
4972 | return setNum( (Q_LLONG)n, base );
|
---|
4973 | }
|
---|
4974 |
|
---|
4975 | /*!
|
---|
4976 | \fn QString &QString::setNum( ulong n, int base )
|
---|
4977 |
|
---|
4978 | \overload
|
---|
4979 | */
|
---|
4980 | // ### 4.0: inline
|
---|
4981 | QString &QString::setNum( ulong n, int base )
|
---|
4982 | {
|
---|
4983 | return setNum( (Q_ULLONG)n, base );
|
---|
4984 | }
|
---|
4985 |
|
---|
4986 | /*!
|
---|
4987 | \fn QString &QString::setNum( int n, int base )
|
---|
4988 |
|
---|
4989 | \overload
|
---|
4990 |
|
---|
4991 | Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
|
---|
4992 | returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
4993 |
|
---|
4994 | The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
---|
4995 | */
|
---|
4996 |
|
---|
4997 | /*!
|
---|
4998 | \fn QString &QString::setNum( uint n, int base )
|
---|
4999 |
|
---|
5000 | \overload
|
---|
5001 |
|
---|
5002 | Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
|
---|
5003 | returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
5004 |
|
---|
5005 | The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
---|
5006 | */
|
---|
5007 |
|
---|
5008 | /*!
|
---|
5009 | \fn QString &QString::setNum( short n, int base )
|
---|
5010 |
|
---|
5011 | \overload
|
---|
5012 |
|
---|
5013 | Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
|
---|
5014 | returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
5015 |
|
---|
5016 | The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
---|
5017 | */
|
---|
5018 |
|
---|
5019 | /*!
|
---|
5020 | \fn QString &QString::setNum( ushort n, int base )
|
---|
5021 |
|
---|
5022 | \overload
|
---|
5023 |
|
---|
5024 | Sets the string to the printed value of \a n in base \a base and
|
---|
5025 | returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
5026 |
|
---|
5027 | The base is 10 by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
---|
5028 | */
|
---|
5029 |
|
---|
5030 | /*!
|
---|
5031 | \overload
|
---|
5032 |
|
---|
5033 | Sets the string to the printed value of \a n, formatted in format
|
---|
5034 | \a f with precision \a prec, and returns a reference to the
|
---|
5035 | string.
|
---|
5036 |
|
---|
5037 | The format \a f can be 'f', 'F', 'e', 'E', 'g' or 'G'. See \link
|
---|
5038 | #arg-formats arg \endlink() for an explanation of the formats.
|
---|
5039 | */
|
---|
5040 |
|
---|
5041 | QString &QString::setNum( double n, char f, int prec )
|
---|
5042 | {
|
---|
5043 | QLocalePrivate::DoubleForm form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
|
---|
5044 | uint flags = 0;
|
---|
5045 |
|
---|
5046 | if (qIsUpper(f))
|
---|
5047 | flags = QLocalePrivate::CapitalEorX;
|
---|
5048 | f = qToLower(f);
|
---|
5049 |
|
---|
5050 | switch (f) {
|
---|
5051 | case 'f':
|
---|
5052 | form = QLocalePrivate::DFDecimal;
|
---|
5053 | break;
|
---|
5054 | case 'e':
|
---|
5055 | form = QLocalePrivate::DFExponent;
|
---|
5056 | break;
|
---|
5057 | case 'g':
|
---|
5058 | form = QLocalePrivate::DFSignificantDigits;
|
---|
5059 | break;
|
---|
5060 | default:
|
---|
5061 | #if defined(QT_CHECK_RANGE)
|
---|
5062 | qWarning( "QString::setNum: Invalid format char '%c'", f );
|
---|
5063 | #endif
|
---|
5064 | break;
|
---|
5065 | }
|
---|
5066 |
|
---|
5067 | QLocale locale(QLocale::C);
|
---|
5068 | *this = locale.d->doubleToString(n, prec, form, -1, flags);
|
---|
5069 | return *this;
|
---|
5070 | }
|
---|
5071 |
|
---|
5072 | /*!
|
---|
5073 | \fn QString &QString::setNum( float n, char f, int prec )
|
---|
5074 |
|
---|
5075 | \overload
|
---|
5076 |
|
---|
5077 | Sets the string to the printed value of \a n, formatted in format
|
---|
5078 | \a f with precision \a prec, and returns a reference to the
|
---|
5079 | string.
|
---|
5080 |
|
---|
5081 | The format \a f can be 'f', 'F', 'e', 'E', 'g' or 'G'. See \link
|
---|
5082 | #arg-formats arg \endlink() for an explanation of the formats.
|
---|
5083 | */
|
---|
5084 |
|
---|
5085 |
|
---|
5086 | /*!
|
---|
5087 | A convenience function that returns a string equivalent of the
|
---|
5088 | number \a n to base \a base, which is 10 by default and must be
|
---|
5089 | between 2 and 36.
|
---|
5090 |
|
---|
5091 | \code
|
---|
5092 | long a = 63;
|
---|
5093 | QString str = QString::number( a, 16 ); // str == "3f"
|
---|
5094 | QString str = QString::number( a, 16 ).upper(); // str == "3F"
|
---|
5095 | \endcode
|
---|
5096 |
|
---|
5097 | \sa setNum()
|
---|
5098 | */
|
---|
5099 | QString QString::number( long n, int base )
|
---|
5100 | {
|
---|
5101 | QString s;
|
---|
5102 | s.setNum( n, base );
|
---|
5103 | return s;
|
---|
5104 | }
|
---|
5105 |
|
---|
5106 | /*!
|
---|
5107 | \overload
|
---|
5108 |
|
---|
5109 | \sa setNum()
|
---|
5110 | */
|
---|
5111 | QString QString::number( ulong n, int base )
|
---|
5112 | {
|
---|
5113 | QString s;
|
---|
5114 | s.setNum( n, base );
|
---|
5115 | return s;
|
---|
5116 | }
|
---|
5117 |
|
---|
5118 | /*!
|
---|
5119 | \overload
|
---|
5120 |
|
---|
5121 | \sa setNum()
|
---|
5122 | */
|
---|
5123 | QString QString::number( Q_LLONG n, int base )
|
---|
5124 | {
|
---|
5125 | QString s;
|
---|
5126 | s.setNum( n, base );
|
---|
5127 | return s;
|
---|
5128 | }
|
---|
5129 |
|
---|
5130 | /*!
|
---|
5131 | \overload
|
---|
5132 |
|
---|
5133 | \sa setNum()
|
---|
5134 | */
|
---|
5135 | QString QString::number( Q_ULLONG n, int base )
|
---|
5136 | {
|
---|
5137 | QString s;
|
---|
5138 | s.setNum( n, base );
|
---|
5139 | return s;
|
---|
5140 | }
|
---|
5141 |
|
---|
5142 | /*!
|
---|
5143 | \overload
|
---|
5144 |
|
---|
5145 | \sa setNum()
|
---|
5146 | */
|
---|
5147 | QString QString::number( int n, int base )
|
---|
5148 | {
|
---|
5149 | QString s;
|
---|
5150 | s.setNum( n, base );
|
---|
5151 | return s;
|
---|
5152 | }
|
---|
5153 |
|
---|
5154 | /*!
|
---|
5155 | \overload
|
---|
5156 |
|
---|
5157 | A convenience factory function that returns a string
|
---|
5158 | representation of the number \a n to the base \a base, which is 10
|
---|
5159 | by default and must be between 2 and 36.
|
---|
5160 |
|
---|
5161 | \sa setNum()
|
---|
5162 | */
|
---|
5163 | QString QString::number( uint n, int base )
|
---|
5164 | {
|
---|
5165 | QString s;
|
---|
5166 | s.setNum( n, base );
|
---|
5167 | return s;
|
---|
5168 | }
|
---|
5169 |
|
---|
5170 | /*!
|
---|
5171 | \overload
|
---|
5172 |
|
---|
5173 | Argument \a n is formatted according to the \a f format specified,
|
---|
5174 | which is \c g by default, and can be any of the following:
|
---|
5175 |
|
---|
5176 | \table
|
---|
5177 | \header \i Format \i Meaning
|
---|
5178 | \row \i \c e \i format as [-]9.9e[+|-]999
|
---|
5179 | \row \i \c E \i format as [-]9.9E[+|-]999
|
---|
5180 | \row \i \c f \i format as [-]9.9
|
---|
5181 | \row \i \c g \i use \c e or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
|
---|
5182 | \row \i \c G \i use \c E or \c f format, whichever is the most concise
|
---|
5183 | \endtable
|
---|
5184 |
|
---|
5185 | With 'e', 'E', and 'f', \a prec is the number of digits after the
|
---|
5186 | decimal point. With 'g' and 'G', \a prec is the maximum number of
|
---|
5187 | significant digits (trailing zeroes are omitted).
|
---|
5188 |
|
---|
5189 | \code
|
---|
5190 | double d = 12.34;
|
---|
5191 | QString ds = QString( "'E' format, precision 3, gives %1" )
|
---|
5192 | .arg( d, 0, 'E', 3 );
|
---|
5193 | // ds == "1.234E+001"
|
---|
5194 | \endcode
|
---|
5195 |
|
---|
5196 | \sa setNum()
|
---|
5197 | */
|
---|
5198 | QString QString::number( double n, char f, int prec )
|
---|
5199 | {
|
---|
5200 | QString s;
|
---|
5201 | s.setNum( n, f, prec );
|
---|
5202 | return s;
|
---|
5203 | }
|
---|
5204 |
|
---|
5205 |
|
---|
5206 | /*! \obsolete
|
---|
5207 |
|
---|
5208 | Sets the character at position \a index to \a c and expands the
|
---|
5209 | string if necessary, filling with spaces.
|
---|
5210 |
|
---|
5211 | This method is redundant in Qt 3.x, because operator[] will expand
|
---|
5212 | the string as necessary.
|
---|
5213 | */
|
---|
5214 |
|
---|
5215 | void QString::setExpand( uint index, QChar c )
|
---|
5216 | {
|
---|
5217 | int spaces = index - d->len;
|
---|
5218 | at(index) = c;
|
---|
5219 | while (spaces-->0)
|
---|
5220 | d->unicode[--index]=' ';
|
---|
5221 | }
|
---|
5222 |
|
---|
5223 |
|
---|
5224 | /*!
|
---|
5225 | \fn const char* QString::data() const
|
---|
5226 |
|
---|
5227 | \obsolete
|
---|
5228 |
|
---|
5229 | Returns a pointer to a '\0'-terminated classic C string.
|
---|
5230 |
|
---|
5231 | In Qt 1.x, this returned a char* allowing direct manipulation of the
|
---|
5232 | string as a sequence of bytes. In Qt 2.x where QString is a Unicode
|
---|
5233 | string, char* conversion constructs a temporary string, and hence
|
---|
5234 | direct character operations are meaningless.
|
---|
5235 | */
|
---|
5236 |
|
---|
5237 | /*!
|
---|
5238 | \fn bool QString::operator!() const
|
---|
5239 |
|
---|
5240 | Returns TRUE if this is a null string; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
5241 |
|
---|
5242 | \code
|
---|
5243 | QString name = getName();
|
---|
5244 | if ( !name )
|
---|
5245 | name = "Rodney";
|
---|
5246 | \endcode
|
---|
5247 |
|
---|
5248 | Note that if you say
|
---|
5249 |
|
---|
5250 | \code
|
---|
5251 | QString name = getName();
|
---|
5252 | if ( name )
|
---|
5253 | doSomethingWith(name);
|
---|
5254 | \endcode
|
---|
5255 |
|
---|
5256 | It will call "operator const char*()", which is inefficent; you
|
---|
5257 | may wish to define the macro \c QT_NO_ASCII_CAST when writing code
|
---|
5258 | which you wish to remain Unicode-clean.
|
---|
5259 |
|
---|
5260 | When you want the above semantics, use:
|
---|
5261 |
|
---|
5262 | \code
|
---|
5263 | QString name = getName();
|
---|
5264 | if ( !name.isNull() )
|
---|
5265 | doSomethingWith(name);
|
---|
5266 | \endcode
|
---|
5267 |
|
---|
5268 | \sa isEmpty()
|
---|
5269 | */
|
---|
5270 |
|
---|
5271 |
|
---|
5272 | /*!
|
---|
5273 | \fn QString& QString::append( const QString& str )
|
---|
5274 |
|
---|
5275 | Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the
|
---|
5276 | result.
|
---|
5277 |
|
---|
5278 | \code
|
---|
5279 | string = "Test";
|
---|
5280 | string.append( "ing" ); // string == "Testing"
|
---|
5281 | \endcode
|
---|
5282 |
|
---|
5283 | Equivalent to operator+=().
|
---|
5284 | */
|
---|
5285 |
|
---|
5286 | /*!
|
---|
5287 | \fn QString& QString::append( char ch )
|
---|
5288 |
|
---|
5289 | \overload
|
---|
5290 |
|
---|
5291 | Appends character \a ch to the string and returns a reference to
|
---|
5292 | the result.
|
---|
5293 |
|
---|
5294 | Equivalent to operator+=().
|
---|
5295 | */
|
---|
5296 |
|
---|
5297 | /*!
|
---|
5298 | \fn QString& QString::append( QChar ch )
|
---|
5299 |
|
---|
5300 | \overload
|
---|
5301 |
|
---|
5302 | Appends character \a ch to the string and returns a reference to
|
---|
5303 | the result.
|
---|
5304 |
|
---|
5305 | Equivalent to operator+=().
|
---|
5306 | */
|
---|
5307 |
|
---|
5308 | /*! \fn QString& QString::append( const QByteArray &str )
|
---|
5309 | \overload
|
---|
5310 |
|
---|
5311 | Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
|
---|
5312 |
|
---|
5313 | Equivalent to operator+=().
|
---|
5314 | */
|
---|
5315 |
|
---|
5316 | /*! \fn QString& QString::append( const std::string &str )
|
---|
5317 | \overload
|
---|
5318 |
|
---|
5319 | Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
|
---|
5320 |
|
---|
5321 | Equivalent to operator+=().
|
---|
5322 | */
|
---|
5323 |
|
---|
5324 | /*! \fn QString& QString::append( const char *str )
|
---|
5325 | \overload
|
---|
5326 |
|
---|
5327 | Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the result.
|
---|
5328 |
|
---|
5329 | Equivalent to operator+=().
|
---|
5330 | */
|
---|
5331 |
|
---|
5332 | /*!
|
---|
5333 | Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
5334 | */
|
---|
5335 | QString& QString::operator+=( const QString &str )
|
---|
5336 | {
|
---|
5337 | uint len1 = length();
|
---|
5338 | uint len2 = str.length();
|
---|
5339 | if ( len2 ) {
|
---|
5340 | if ( isEmpty() ) {
|
---|
5341 | operator=( str );
|
---|
5342 | } else {
|
---|
5343 | grow( len1+len2 );
|
---|
5344 | memcpy( d->unicode+len1, str.unicode(), sizeof(QChar)*len2 );
|
---|
5345 | }
|
---|
5346 | } else if ( isNull() && !str.isNull() ) { // ## just for 1.x compat:
|
---|
5347 | *this = fromLatin1( "" );
|
---|
5348 | }
|
---|
5349 | return *this;
|
---|
5350 | }
|
---|
5351 |
|
---|
5352 | #ifndef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
|
---|
5353 | QString &QString::operatorPlusEqHelper( const char *s, uint len2 )
|
---|
5354 | {
|
---|
5355 | if ( s ) {
|
---|
5356 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
5357 | if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() )
|
---|
5358 | return operator+=( fromAscii( s, len2 ) );
|
---|
5359 | #endif
|
---|
5360 |
|
---|
5361 | uint len1 = length();
|
---|
5362 | if ( len2 == UINT_MAX )
|
---|
5363 | len2 = strlen( s );
|
---|
5364 | if ( len2 ) {
|
---|
5365 | grow( len1 + len2 );
|
---|
5366 | QChar* uc = d->unicode + len1;
|
---|
5367 | while ( len2-- )
|
---|
5368 | *uc++ = *s++;
|
---|
5369 | } else if ( isNull() ) { // ## just for 1.x compat:
|
---|
5370 | *this = fromLatin1( "" );
|
---|
5371 | }
|
---|
5372 | }
|
---|
5373 | return *this;
|
---|
5374 | }
|
---|
5375 | #endif
|
---|
5376 |
|
---|
5377 | /*!
|
---|
5378 | \overload
|
---|
5379 |
|
---|
5380 | Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
5381 | */
|
---|
5382 | #ifndef QT_NO_CAST_ASCII
|
---|
5383 | QString& QString::operator+=( const char *str )
|
---|
5384 | {
|
---|
5385 | // ### Qt 4: make this function inline
|
---|
5386 | return operatorPlusEqHelper( str );
|
---|
5387 | }
|
---|
5388 | #endif
|
---|
5389 |
|
---|
5390 | /*! \overload
|
---|
5391 |
|
---|
5392 | Appends \a c to the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
5393 | */
|
---|
5394 |
|
---|
5395 | QString &QString::operator+=( QChar c )
|
---|
5396 | {
|
---|
5397 | grow( length()+1 );
|
---|
5398 | d->unicode[length()-1] = c;
|
---|
5399 | return *this;
|
---|
5400 | }
|
---|
5401 |
|
---|
5402 | /*!
|
---|
5403 | \overload
|
---|
5404 |
|
---|
5405 | Appends \a c to the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
5406 | */
|
---|
5407 |
|
---|
5408 | QString &QString::operator+=( char c )
|
---|
5409 | {
|
---|
5410 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
5411 | if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() )
|
---|
5412 | return operator+=( fromAscii( &c, 1 ) );
|
---|
5413 | #endif
|
---|
5414 | grow( length()+1 );
|
---|
5415 | d->unicode[length()-1] = c;
|
---|
5416 | return *this;
|
---|
5417 | }
|
---|
5418 |
|
---|
5419 | /*!
|
---|
5420 | \fn QString &QString::operator+=( const QByteArray &str )
|
---|
5421 | \overload
|
---|
5422 |
|
---|
5423 | Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
5424 | */
|
---|
5425 |
|
---|
5426 | /*!
|
---|
5427 | \fn QString &QString::operator+=( const std::string &str )
|
---|
5428 | \overload
|
---|
5429 |
|
---|
5430 | Appends \a str to the string and returns a reference to the string.
|
---|
5431 | */
|
---|
5432 |
|
---|
5433 | /*!
|
---|
5434 | \fn char QChar::latin1() const
|
---|
5435 |
|
---|
5436 | Returns the Latin-1 value of this character, or 0 if it
|
---|
5437 | cannot be represented in Latin-1.
|
---|
5438 | */
|
---|
5439 |
|
---|
5440 |
|
---|
5441 | /*!
|
---|
5442 | Returns a Latin-1 representation of the string. The
|
---|
5443 | returned value is undefined if the string contains non-Latin-1
|
---|
5444 | characters. If you want to convert strings into formats other than
|
---|
5445 | Unicode, see the QTextCodec classes.
|
---|
5446 |
|
---|
5447 | This function is mainly useful for boot-strapping legacy code to
|
---|
5448 | use Unicode.
|
---|
5449 |
|
---|
5450 | The result remains valid so long as one unmodified copy of the
|
---|
5451 | source string exists.
|
---|
5452 |
|
---|
5453 | \sa fromLatin1(), ascii(), utf8(), local8Bit()
|
---|
5454 | */
|
---|
5455 | const char* QString::latin1() const
|
---|
5456 | {
|
---|
5457 | if ( !d->ascii || !d->islatin1 ) {
|
---|
5458 | delete [] d->ascii;
|
---|
5459 | d->ascii = unicodeToLatin1( d->unicode, d->len );
|
---|
5460 | d->islatin1 = TRUE;
|
---|
5461 | }
|
---|
5462 | return d->ascii;
|
---|
5463 | }
|
---|
5464 |
|
---|
5465 | /*!
|
---|
5466 | Returns an 8-bit ASCII representation of the string.
|
---|
5467 |
|
---|
5468 | If a codec has been set using QTextCodec::codecForCStrings(),
|
---|
5469 | it is used to convert Unicode to 8-bit char. Otherwise, this function
|
---|
5470 | does the same as latin1().
|
---|
5471 |
|
---|
5472 | \sa fromAscii(), latin1(), utf8(), local8Bit()
|
---|
5473 | */
|
---|
5474 | const char* QString::ascii() const
|
---|
5475 | {
|
---|
5476 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
5477 | if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
|
---|
5478 | if ( !d->ascii || d->islatin1 ) {
|
---|
5479 | delete [] d->ascii;
|
---|
5480 | if (d->unicode) {
|
---|
5481 | QCString s = QTextCodec::codecForCStrings()->fromUnicode( *this );
|
---|
5482 | s.detach();
|
---|
5483 | d->ascii = s.data();
|
---|
5484 | s.resetRawData( s.data(), s.size() ); // we have stolen the data
|
---|
5485 | } else {
|
---|
5486 | d->ascii = 0;
|
---|
5487 | }
|
---|
5488 | d->islatin1 = FALSE;
|
---|
5489 | }
|
---|
5490 | return d->ascii;
|
---|
5491 | }
|
---|
5492 | #endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
5493 | return latin1();
|
---|
5494 | }
|
---|
5495 |
|
---|
5496 | /*!
|
---|
5497 | Returns the string encoded in UTF-8 format.
|
---|
5498 |
|
---|
5499 | See QTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
|
---|
5500 |
|
---|
5501 | \sa fromUtf8(), ascii(), latin1(), local8Bit()
|
---|
5502 | */
|
---|
5503 | QCString QString::utf8() const
|
---|
5504 | {
|
---|
5505 | int l = length();
|
---|
5506 | int rlen = l*3+1;
|
---|
5507 | QCString rstr(rlen);
|
---|
5508 | uchar* cursor = (uchar*)rstr.data();
|
---|
5509 | const QChar *ch = d->unicode;
|
---|
5510 | for (int i=0; i < l; i++) {
|
---|
5511 | uint u = ch->unicode();
|
---|
5512 | if ( u < 0x80 ) {
|
---|
5513 | *cursor++ = (uchar)u;
|
---|
5514 | } else {
|
---|
5515 | if ( u < 0x0800 ) {
|
---|
5516 | *cursor++ = 0xc0 | ((uchar) (u >> 6));
|
---|
5517 | } else {
|
---|
5518 | if (u >= 0xd800 && u < 0xdc00 && i < l-1) {
|
---|
5519 | unsigned short low = ch[1].unicode();
|
---|
5520 | if (low >= 0xdc00 && low < 0xe000) {
|
---|
5521 | ++ch;
|
---|
5522 | ++i;
|
---|
5523 | u = (u - 0xd800)*0x400 + (low - 0xdc00) + 0x10000;
|
---|
5524 | }
|
---|
5525 | }
|
---|
5526 | if (u > 0xffff) {
|
---|
5527 | // if people are working in utf8, but strings are encoded in eg. latin1, the resulting
|
---|
5528 | // name might be invalid utf8. This and the corresponding code in fromUtf8 takes care
|
---|
5529 | // we can handle this without loosing information. This can happen with latin filenames
|
---|
5530 | // and a utf8 locale under Unix.
|
---|
5531 | if (u > 0x10fe00 && u < 0x10ff00) {
|
---|
5532 | *cursor++ = (u - 0x10fe00);
|
---|
5533 | ++ch;
|
---|
5534 | continue;
|
---|
5535 | } else {
|
---|
5536 | *cursor++ = 0xf0 | ((uchar) (u >> 18));
|
---|
5537 | *cursor++ = 0x80 | ( ((uchar) (u >> 12)) & 0x3f);
|
---|
5538 | }
|
---|
5539 | } else {
|
---|
5540 | *cursor++ = 0xe0 | ((uchar) (u >> 12));
|
---|
5541 | }
|
---|
5542 | *cursor++ = 0x80 | ( ((uchar) (u >> 6)) & 0x3f);
|
---|
5543 | }
|
---|
5544 | *cursor++ = 0x80 | ((uchar) (u&0x3f));
|
---|
5545 | }
|
---|
5546 | ++ch;
|
---|
5547 | }
|
---|
5548 | rstr.truncate( cursor - (uchar*)rstr.data() );
|
---|
5549 | return rstr;
|
---|
5550 | }
|
---|
5551 |
|
---|
5552 | /*!
|
---|
5553 | Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \a len
|
---|
5554 | bytes of \a utf8, ignoring the rest of \a utf8. If \a len is
|
---|
5555 | -1 then the length of \a utf8 is used. If \a len is bigger than
|
---|
5556 | the length of \a utf8 then it will use the length of \a utf8.
|
---|
5557 |
|
---|
5558 | \code
|
---|
5559 | QString str = QString::fromUtf8( "123456789", 5 );
|
---|
5560 | // str == "12345"
|
---|
5561 | \endcode
|
---|
5562 |
|
---|
5563 | See QTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
|
---|
5564 | */
|
---|
5565 | QString QString::fromUtf8( const char* utf8, int len )
|
---|
5566 | {
|
---|
5567 | if ( !utf8 )
|
---|
5568 | return QString::null;
|
---|
5569 |
|
---|
5570 | if ( len < 0 )
|
---|
5571 | len = strlen( utf8 );
|
---|
5572 | QString result;
|
---|
5573 | result.setLength( len*2 ); // worst case
|
---|
5574 | QChar *qch = (QChar *)result.unicode();
|
---|
5575 | uint uc = 0;
|
---|
5576 | int need = 0;
|
---|
5577 | int error = -1;
|
---|
5578 | uchar ch;
|
---|
5579 | for (int i=0; i<len; i++) {
|
---|
5580 | ch = utf8[i];
|
---|
5581 | if (need) {
|
---|
5582 | if ( (ch&0xc0) == 0x80 ) {
|
---|
5583 | uc = (uc << 6) | (ch & 0x3f);
|
---|
5584 | need--;
|
---|
5585 | if ( !need ) {
|
---|
5586 | if (uc > 0xffff) {
|
---|
5587 | // surrogate pair
|
---|
5588 | uc -= 0x10000;
|
---|
5589 | unsigned short high = uc/0x400 + 0xd800;
|
---|
5590 | unsigned short low = uc%0x400 + 0xdc00;
|
---|
5591 | *qch++ = QChar(high);
|
---|
5592 | *qch++ = QChar(low);
|
---|
5593 | } else {
|
---|
5594 | *qch++ = uc;
|
---|
5595 | }
|
---|
5596 | }
|
---|
5597 | } else {
|
---|
5598 | // See QString::utf8() for explanation.
|
---|
5599 | //
|
---|
5600 | // The surrogate below corresponds to a Unicode value of (0x10fe00+ch) which
|
---|
5601 | // is in one of the private use areas of Unicode.
|
---|
5602 | i = error;
|
---|
5603 | *qch++ = QChar(0xdbff);
|
---|
5604 | *qch++ = QChar(0xde00+((uchar)utf8[i]));
|
---|
5605 | need = 0;
|
---|
5606 | }
|
---|
5607 | } else {
|
---|
5608 | if ( ch < 128 ) {
|
---|
5609 | *qch++ = ch;
|
---|
5610 | } else if ((ch & 0xe0) == 0xc0) {
|
---|
5611 | uc = ch & 0x1f;
|
---|
5612 | need = 1;
|
---|
5613 | error = i;
|
---|
5614 | } else if ((ch & 0xf0) == 0xe0) {
|
---|
5615 | uc = ch & 0x0f;
|
---|
5616 | need = 2;
|
---|
5617 | error = i;
|
---|
5618 | } else if ((ch&0xf8) == 0xf0) {
|
---|
5619 | uc = ch & 0x07;
|
---|
5620 | need = 3;
|
---|
5621 | error = i;
|
---|
5622 | } else {
|
---|
5623 | // Error
|
---|
5624 | *qch++ = QChar(0xdbff);
|
---|
5625 | *qch++ = QChar(0xde00+((uchar)utf8[i]));
|
---|
5626 | }
|
---|
5627 | }
|
---|
5628 | }
|
---|
5629 | if (need) {
|
---|
5630 | // we have some invalid characters remaining we need to add to the string
|
---|
5631 | for (int i = error; i < len; ++i) {
|
---|
5632 | *qch++ = QChar(0xdbff);
|
---|
5633 | *qch++ = QChar(0xde00+((uchar)utf8[i]));
|
---|
5634 | }
|
---|
5635 | }
|
---|
5636 |
|
---|
5637 | result.truncate( qch - result.unicode() );
|
---|
5638 | return result;
|
---|
5639 | }
|
---|
5640 |
|
---|
5641 | /*!
|
---|
5642 | Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \a len
|
---|
5643 | bytes of \a ascii, ignoring the rest of \a ascii. If \a len
|
---|
5644 | is -1 then the length of \a ascii is used. If \a len is bigger
|
---|
5645 | than the length of \a ascii then it will use the length of \a
|
---|
5646 | ascii.
|
---|
5647 |
|
---|
5648 | If a codec has been set using QTextCodec::codecForCStrings(),
|
---|
5649 | it is used to convert Unicode to 8-bit char. Otherwise, this function
|
---|
5650 | does the same as fromLatin1().
|
---|
5651 |
|
---|
5652 | This is the same as the QString(const char*) constructor, but you
|
---|
5653 | can make that constructor invisible if you compile with the define
|
---|
5654 | \c QT_NO_CAST_ASCII, in which case you can explicitly create a
|
---|
5655 | QString from 8-bit ASCII text using this function.
|
---|
5656 |
|
---|
5657 | \code
|
---|
5658 | QString str = QString::fromAscii( "123456789", 5 );
|
---|
5659 | // str == "12345"
|
---|
5660 | \endcode
|
---|
5661 | */
|
---|
5662 | QString QString::fromAscii( const char* ascii, int len )
|
---|
5663 | {
|
---|
5664 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
5665 | if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
|
---|
5666 | if ( !ascii )
|
---|
5667 | return QString::null;
|
---|
5668 | if ( len < 0 )
|
---|
5669 | len = strlen( ascii );
|
---|
5670 | if ( len == 0 || *ascii == '\0' )
|
---|
5671 | return QString::fromLatin1( "" );
|
---|
5672 | return QTextCodec::codecForCStrings()->toUnicode( ascii, len );
|
---|
5673 | }
|
---|
5674 | #endif
|
---|
5675 | return fromLatin1( ascii, len );
|
---|
5676 | }
|
---|
5677 |
|
---|
5678 |
|
---|
5679 | /*!
|
---|
5680 | Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \a len
|
---|
5681 | bytes of \a chars, ignoring the rest of \a chars. If \a len
|
---|
5682 | is -1 then the length of \a chars is used. If \a len is bigger
|
---|
5683 | than the length of \a chars then it will use the length of \a
|
---|
5684 | chars.
|
---|
5685 |
|
---|
5686 | \sa fromAscii()
|
---|
5687 | */
|
---|
5688 | QString QString::fromLatin1( const char* chars, int len )
|
---|
5689 | {
|
---|
5690 | uint l;
|
---|
5691 | QChar *uc;
|
---|
5692 | if ( len < 0 )
|
---|
5693 | len = -1;
|
---|
5694 | uc = internalLatin1ToUnicode( chars, &l, len );
|
---|
5695 | return QString( new QStringData(uc, l, l), TRUE );
|
---|
5696 | }
|
---|
5697 |
|
---|
5698 | /*!
|
---|
5699 | \fn const QChar* QString::unicode() const
|
---|
5700 |
|
---|
5701 | Returns the Unicode representation of the string. The result
|
---|
5702 | remains valid until the string is modified.
|
---|
5703 | */
|
---|
5704 |
|
---|
5705 | /*!
|
---|
5706 | Returns the string encoded in a locale-specific format. On X11,
|
---|
5707 | this is the QTextCodec::codecForLocale(). On Windows and OS/2, it is a
|
---|
5708 | system-defined encoding. On Mac OS X, this always uses UTF-8 as
|
---|
5709 | the encoding.
|
---|
5710 |
|
---|
5711 | See QTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode
|
---|
5712 | strings.
|
---|
5713 |
|
---|
5714 | \sa fromLocal8Bit(), ascii(), latin1(), utf8()
|
---|
5715 | */
|
---|
5716 |
|
---|
5717 | QCString QString::local8Bit() const
|
---|
5718 | {
|
---|
5719 | #ifdef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
5720 | return latin1();
|
---|
5721 | #else
|
---|
5722 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
5723 | QTextCodec* codec = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
|
---|
5724 | return codec
|
---|
5725 | ? codec->fromUnicode(*this)
|
---|
5726 | : QCString(latin1());
|
---|
5727 | #endif
|
---|
5728 | #if defined( Q_WS_MACX )
|
---|
5729 | return utf8();
|
---|
5730 | #endif
|
---|
5731 | #if defined( Q_WS_MAC9 )
|
---|
5732 | return QCString(latin1()); //I'm evil..
|
---|
5733 | #endif
|
---|
5734 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
5735 | return isNull() ? QCString("") : qt_winQString2MB( *this );
|
---|
5736 | #endif
|
---|
5737 | #if defined(Q_OS_OS2)
|
---|
5738 | return isNull() ? QCString("") : qt_os2QString2MB( *this );
|
---|
5739 | #endif
|
---|
5740 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS
|
---|
5741 | return utf8(); // ### if there is any 8 bit format supported?
|
---|
5742 | #endif
|
---|
5743 | #endif
|
---|
5744 | }
|
---|
5745 |
|
---|
5746 | /*!
|
---|
5747 | Returns the Unicode string decoded from the first \a len
|
---|
5748 | bytes of \a local8Bit, ignoring the rest of \a local8Bit. If
|
---|
5749 | \a len is -1 then the length of \a local8Bit is used. If \a len is
|
---|
5750 | bigger than the length of \a local8Bit then it will use the length
|
---|
5751 | of \a local8Bit.
|
---|
5752 |
|
---|
5753 | \code
|
---|
5754 | QString str = QString::fromLocal8Bit( "123456789", 5 );
|
---|
5755 | // str == "12345"
|
---|
5756 | \endcode
|
---|
5757 |
|
---|
5758 | \a local8Bit is assumed to be encoded in a locale-specific format.
|
---|
5759 |
|
---|
5760 | See QTextCodec for more diverse coding/decoding of Unicode strings.
|
---|
5761 | */
|
---|
5762 | QString QString::fromLocal8Bit( const char* local8Bit, int len )
|
---|
5763 | {
|
---|
5764 | #ifdef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
5765 | return fromLatin1( local8Bit, len );
|
---|
5766 | #else
|
---|
5767 |
|
---|
5768 | if ( !local8Bit )
|
---|
5769 | return QString::null;
|
---|
5770 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
---|
5771 | QTextCodec* codec = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
|
---|
5772 | if ( len < 0 )
|
---|
5773 | len = strlen( local8Bit );
|
---|
5774 | return codec
|
---|
5775 | ? codec->toUnicode( local8Bit, len )
|
---|
5776 | : fromLatin1( local8Bit, len );
|
---|
5777 | #endif
|
---|
5778 | #if defined( Q_WS_MAC )
|
---|
5779 | return fromUtf8(local8Bit,len);
|
---|
5780 | #endif
|
---|
5781 | // Should this be OS_WIN32?
|
---|
5782 | #ifdef Q_WS_WIN
|
---|
5783 | if ( len >= 0 ) {
|
---|
5784 | QCString s(local8Bit,len+1);
|
---|
5785 | return qt_winMB2QString(s);
|
---|
5786 | }
|
---|
5787 | return qt_winMB2QString( local8Bit );
|
---|
5788 | #endif
|
---|
5789 | #if defined(Q_OS_OS2)
|
---|
5790 | return qt_os2MB2QString( local8Bit, len );
|
---|
5791 | #endif
|
---|
5792 | #ifdef Q_WS_QWS
|
---|
5793 | return fromUtf8(local8Bit,len);
|
---|
5794 | #endif
|
---|
5795 | #endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
5796 | }
|
---|
5797 |
|
---|
5798 | /*!
|
---|
5799 | \fn QString::operator const char *() const
|
---|
5800 |
|
---|
5801 | Returns latin1(). Be sure to see the warnings documented in the
|
---|
5802 | latin1() function. Note that for new code which you wish to be
|
---|
5803 | strictly Unicode-clean, you can define the macro \c
|
---|
5804 | QT_NO_ASCII_CAST when compiling your code to hide this function so
|
---|
5805 | that automatic casts are not done. This has the added advantage
|
---|
5806 | that you catch the programming error described in operator!().
|
---|
5807 | */
|
---|
5808 |
|
---|
5809 | /*!
|
---|
5810 | \fn QString::operator std::string() const
|
---|
5811 |
|
---|
5812 | Returns ascii().
|
---|
5813 | */
|
---|
5814 |
|
---|
5815 | /*!
|
---|
5816 | Returns the QString as a zero terminated array of unsigned shorts
|
---|
5817 | if the string is not null; otherwise returns zero.
|
---|
5818 |
|
---|
5819 | The result remains valid so long as one unmodified
|
---|
5820 | copy of the source string exists.
|
---|
5821 | */
|
---|
5822 | const unsigned short *QString::ucs2() const
|
---|
5823 | {
|
---|
5824 | if ( ! d->unicode )
|
---|
5825 | return 0;
|
---|
5826 | unsigned int len = d->len;
|
---|
5827 | if ( d->maxl < len + 1 ) {
|
---|
5828 | // detach, grow or shrink
|
---|
5829 | uint newMax = computeNewMax( len + 1 );
|
---|
5830 | QChar* nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( newMax );
|
---|
5831 | if ( nd ) {
|
---|
5832 | if ( d->unicode )
|
---|
5833 | memcpy( nd, d->unicode, sizeof(QChar)*len );
|
---|
5834 | ((QString *)this)->deref();
|
---|
5835 | ((QString *)this)->d = new QStringData( nd, len, newMax );
|
---|
5836 | }
|
---|
5837 | }
|
---|
5838 | d->unicode[len] = 0;
|
---|
5839 | return (unsigned short *) d->unicode;
|
---|
5840 | }
|
---|
5841 |
|
---|
5842 | /*!
|
---|
5843 | Constructs a string that is a deep copy of \a str, interpreted as a
|
---|
5844 | UCS2 encoded, zero terminated, Unicode string.
|
---|
5845 |
|
---|
5846 | If \a str is 0, then a null string is created.
|
---|
5847 |
|
---|
5848 | \sa isNull()
|
---|
5849 | */
|
---|
5850 | QString QString::fromUcs2( const unsigned short *str )
|
---|
5851 | {
|
---|
5852 | if ( !str ) {
|
---|
5853 | return QString::null;
|
---|
5854 | } else {
|
---|
5855 | int length = 0;
|
---|
5856 | while ( str[length] != 0 )
|
---|
5857 | length++;
|
---|
5858 | QChar* uc = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( length );
|
---|
5859 | memcpy( uc, str, length*sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
5860 | return QString( new QStringData( uc, length, length ), TRUE );
|
---|
5861 | }
|
---|
5862 | }
|
---|
5863 |
|
---|
5864 | /*!
|
---|
5865 | \fn QChar QString::at( uint ) const
|
---|
5866 |
|
---|
5867 | Returns the character at index \a i, or 0 if \a i is beyond the
|
---|
5868 | length of the string.
|
---|
5869 |
|
---|
5870 | \code
|
---|
5871 | const QString string( "abcdefgh" );
|
---|
5872 | QChar ch = string.at( 4 );
|
---|
5873 | // ch == 'e'
|
---|
5874 | \endcode
|
---|
5875 |
|
---|
5876 | If the QString is not const (i.e. const QString) or const& (i.e.
|
---|
5877 | const QString &), then the non-const overload of at() will be used
|
---|
5878 | instead.
|
---|
5879 | */
|
---|
5880 |
|
---|
5881 | /*!
|
---|
5882 | \fn QChar QString::constref(uint i) const
|
---|
5883 |
|
---|
5884 | Returns the QChar at index \a i by value.
|
---|
5885 |
|
---|
5886 | Equivalent to at(\a i).
|
---|
5887 |
|
---|
5888 | \sa ref()
|
---|
5889 | */
|
---|
5890 |
|
---|
5891 | /*!
|
---|
5892 | \fn QChar& QString::ref(uint i)
|
---|
5893 |
|
---|
5894 | Returns the QChar at index \a i by reference, expanding the string
|
---|
5895 | with QChar::null if necessary. The resulting reference can be
|
---|
5896 | assigned to, or otherwise used immediately, but becomes invalid
|
---|
5897 | once furher modifications are made to the string.
|
---|
5898 |
|
---|
5899 | \code
|
---|
5900 | QString string("ABCDEF");
|
---|
5901 | QChar ch = string.ref( 3 ); // ch == 'D'
|
---|
5902 | \endcode
|
---|
5903 |
|
---|
5904 | \sa constref()
|
---|
5905 | */
|
---|
5906 |
|
---|
5907 | /*!
|
---|
5908 | \fn QChar QString::operator[]( int ) const
|
---|
5909 |
|
---|
5910 | Returns the character at index \a i, or QChar::null if \a i is
|
---|
5911 | beyond the length of the string.
|
---|
5912 |
|
---|
5913 | If the QString is not const (i.e., const QString) or const\&
|
---|
5914 | (i.e., const QString\&), then the non-const overload of operator[]
|
---|
5915 | will be used instead.
|
---|
5916 | */
|
---|
5917 |
|
---|
5918 | /*!
|
---|
5919 | \fn QCharRef QString::operator[]( int )
|
---|
5920 |
|
---|
5921 | \overload
|
---|
5922 |
|
---|
5923 | The function returns a reference to the character at index \a i.
|
---|
5924 | The resulting reference can then be assigned to, or used
|
---|
5925 | immediately, but it will become invalid once further modifications
|
---|
5926 | are made to the original string.
|
---|
5927 |
|
---|
5928 | If \a i is beyond the length of the string then the string is
|
---|
5929 | expanded with QChar::nulls, so that the QCharRef references a
|
---|
5930 | valid (null) character in the string.
|
---|
5931 |
|
---|
5932 | The QCharRef internal class can be used much like a constant
|
---|
5933 | QChar, but if you assign to it, you change the original string
|
---|
5934 | (which will detach itself because of QString's copy-on-write
|
---|
5935 | semantics). You will get compilation errors if you try to use the
|
---|
5936 | result as anything but a QChar.
|
---|
5937 | */
|
---|
5938 |
|
---|
5939 | /*!
|
---|
5940 | \fn QCharRef QString::at( uint i )
|
---|
5941 |
|
---|
5942 | \overload
|
---|
5943 |
|
---|
5944 | The function returns a reference to the character at index \a i.
|
---|
5945 | The resulting reference can then be assigned to, or used
|
---|
5946 | immediately, but it will become invalid once further modifications
|
---|
5947 | are made to the original string.
|
---|
5948 |
|
---|
5949 | If \a i is beyond the length of the string then the string is
|
---|
5950 | expanded with QChar::null.
|
---|
5951 | */
|
---|
5952 |
|
---|
5953 | /*
|
---|
5954 | Internal chunk of code to handle the
|
---|
5955 | uncommon cases of at() above.
|
---|
5956 | */
|
---|
5957 | void QString::subat( uint i )
|
---|
5958 | {
|
---|
5959 | uint olen = d->len;
|
---|
5960 | if ( i >= olen ) {
|
---|
5961 | setLength( i+1 ); // i is index; i+1 is needed length
|
---|
5962 | for ( uint j=olen; j<=i; j++ )
|
---|
5963 | d->unicode[j] = QChar::null;
|
---|
5964 | } else {
|
---|
5965 | // Just be sure to detach
|
---|
5966 | real_detach();
|
---|
5967 | }
|
---|
5968 | }
|
---|
5969 |
|
---|
5970 |
|
---|
5971 | /*!
|
---|
5972 | Resizes the string to \a len characters and copies \a unicode into
|
---|
5973 | the string. If \a unicode is 0, nothing is copied, but the
|
---|
5974 | string is still resized to \a len. If \a len is zero, then the
|
---|
5975 | string becomes a \link isNull() null\endlink string.
|
---|
5976 |
|
---|
5977 | \sa setLatin1(), isNull()
|
---|
5978 | */
|
---|
5979 |
|
---|
5980 | QString& QString::setUnicode( const QChar *unicode, uint len )
|
---|
5981 | {
|
---|
5982 | if ( len == 0 ) { // set to null string
|
---|
5983 | if ( d != shared_null ) { // beware of nullstring being set to nullstring
|
---|
5984 | deref();
|
---|
5985 | d = shared_null ? shared_null : makeSharedNull();
|
---|
5986 | d->ref();
|
---|
5987 | }
|
---|
5988 | } else if ( d->count != 1 || len > d->maxl ||
|
---|
5989 | ( len * 4 < d->maxl && d->maxl > 4 ) ) {
|
---|
5990 | // detach, grown or shrink
|
---|
5991 | uint newMax = computeNewMax( len );
|
---|
5992 | QChar* nd = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( newMax );
|
---|
5993 | if ( unicode )
|
---|
5994 | memcpy( nd, unicode, sizeof(QChar)*len );
|
---|
5995 | deref();
|
---|
5996 | d = new QStringData( nd, len, newMax );
|
---|
5997 | } else {
|
---|
5998 | d->len = len;
|
---|
5999 | d->setDirty();
|
---|
6000 | if ( unicode )
|
---|
6001 | memcpy( d->unicode, unicode, sizeof(QChar)*len );
|
---|
6002 | }
|
---|
6003 | return *this;
|
---|
6004 | }
|
---|
6005 |
|
---|
6006 | /*!
|
---|
6007 | Resizes the string to \a len characters and copies \a
|
---|
6008 | unicode_as_ushorts into the string (on some X11 client platforms
|
---|
6009 | this will involve a byte-swapping pass).
|
---|
6010 |
|
---|
6011 | If \a unicode_as_ushorts is 0, nothing is copied, but the string
|
---|
6012 | is still resized to \a len. If \a len is zero, the string becomes
|
---|
6013 | a \link isNull() null\endlink string.
|
---|
6014 |
|
---|
6015 | \sa setLatin1(), isNull()
|
---|
6016 | */
|
---|
6017 | QString& QString::setUnicodeCodes( const ushort* unicode_as_ushorts, uint len )
|
---|
6018 | {
|
---|
6019 | return setUnicode((const QChar*)unicode_as_ushorts, len);
|
---|
6020 | }
|
---|
6021 |
|
---|
6022 |
|
---|
6023 | /*!
|
---|
6024 | Sets this string to \a str, interpreted as a classic 8-bit ASCII C
|
---|
6025 | string. If \a len is -1 (the default), then it is set to
|
---|
6026 | strlen(str).
|
---|
6027 |
|
---|
6028 | If \a str is 0 a null string is created. If \a str is "", an empty
|
---|
6029 | string is created.
|
---|
6030 |
|
---|
6031 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
6032 | */
|
---|
6033 |
|
---|
6034 | QString &QString::setAscii( const char *str, int len )
|
---|
6035 | {
|
---|
6036 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
6037 | if ( QTextCodec::codecForCStrings() ) {
|
---|
6038 | *this = QString::fromAscii( str, len );
|
---|
6039 | return *this;
|
---|
6040 | }
|
---|
6041 | #endif // QT_NO_TEXTCODEC
|
---|
6042 | return setLatin1( str, len );
|
---|
6043 | }
|
---|
6044 |
|
---|
6045 | /*!
|
---|
6046 | Sets this string to \a str, interpreted as a classic Latin-1 C
|
---|
6047 | string. If \a len is -1 (the default), then it is set to
|
---|
6048 | strlen(str).
|
---|
6049 |
|
---|
6050 | If \a str is 0 a null string is created. If \a str is "", an empty
|
---|
6051 | string is created.
|
---|
6052 |
|
---|
6053 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
6054 | */
|
---|
6055 |
|
---|
6056 | QString &QString::setLatin1( const char *str, int len )
|
---|
6057 | {
|
---|
6058 | if ( str == 0 )
|
---|
6059 | return setUnicode(0,0);
|
---|
6060 | if ( len < 0 )
|
---|
6061 | len = strlen( str );
|
---|
6062 | if ( len == 0 ) { // won't make a null string
|
---|
6063 | *this = QString::fromLatin1( "" );
|
---|
6064 | } else {
|
---|
6065 | setUnicode( 0, len ); // resize but not copy
|
---|
6066 | QChar *p = d->unicode;
|
---|
6067 | while ( len-- )
|
---|
6068 | *p++ = *str++;
|
---|
6069 | }
|
---|
6070 | return *this;
|
---|
6071 | }
|
---|
6072 |
|
---|
6073 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6074 | */
|
---|
6075 | void QString::checkSimpleText() const
|
---|
6076 | {
|
---|
6077 | QChar *p = d->unicode;
|
---|
6078 | QChar *end = p + d->len;
|
---|
6079 | while ( p < end ) {
|
---|
6080 | ushort uc = p->unicode();
|
---|
6081 | // sort out regions of complex text formatting
|
---|
6082 | if ( uc > 0x058f && ( uc < 0x1100 || uc > 0xfb0f ) ) {
|
---|
6083 | d->issimpletext = FALSE;
|
---|
6084 | return;
|
---|
6085 | }
|
---|
6086 | p++;
|
---|
6087 | }
|
---|
6088 | d->issimpletext = TRUE;
|
---|
6089 | }
|
---|
6090 |
|
---|
6091 | /*! \fn bool QString::simpleText() const
|
---|
6092 | \internal
|
---|
6093 | */
|
---|
6094 |
|
---|
6095 | /*! \internal
|
---|
6096 | */
|
---|
6097 | bool QString::isRightToLeft() const
|
---|
6098 | {
|
---|
6099 | int len = length();
|
---|
6100 | QChar *p = d->unicode;
|
---|
6101 | while ( len-- ) {
|
---|
6102 | switch( ::direction( *p ) )
|
---|
6103 | {
|
---|
6104 | case QChar::DirL:
|
---|
6105 | case QChar::DirLRO:
|
---|
6106 | case QChar::DirLRE:
|
---|
6107 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6108 | case QChar::DirR:
|
---|
6109 | case QChar::DirAL:
|
---|
6110 | case QChar::DirRLO:
|
---|
6111 | case QChar::DirRLE:
|
---|
6112 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6113 | default:
|
---|
6114 | break;
|
---|
6115 | }
|
---|
6116 | ++p;
|
---|
6117 | }
|
---|
6118 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6119 | }
|
---|
6120 |
|
---|
6121 |
|
---|
6122 | /*!
|
---|
6123 | \fn int QString::compare( const QString & s1, const QString & s2 )
|
---|
6124 |
|
---|
6125 | Lexically compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less
|
---|
6126 | than, equal to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal
|
---|
6127 | to, or greater than \a s2.
|
---|
6128 |
|
---|
6129 | The comparison is based exclusively on the numeric Unicode values
|
---|
6130 | of the characters and is very fast, but is not what a human would
|
---|
6131 | expect. Consider sorting user-interface strings with
|
---|
6132 | QString::localeAwareCompare().
|
---|
6133 |
|
---|
6134 | \code
|
---|
6135 | int a = QString::compare( "def", "abc" ); // a > 0
|
---|
6136 | int b = QString::compare( "abc", "def" ); // b < 0
|
---|
6137 | int c = QString::compare( "abc", "abc" ); // c == 0
|
---|
6138 | \endcode
|
---|
6139 | */
|
---|
6140 |
|
---|
6141 | /*!
|
---|
6142 | \overload
|
---|
6143 |
|
---|
6144 | Lexically compares this string with \a s and returns an integer
|
---|
6145 | less than, equal to, or greater than zero if it is less than, equal
|
---|
6146 | to, or greater than \a s.
|
---|
6147 | */
|
---|
6148 | int QString::compare( const QString& s ) const
|
---|
6149 | {
|
---|
6150 | return ucstrcmp( *this, s );
|
---|
6151 | }
|
---|
6152 |
|
---|
6153 | /*!
|
---|
6154 | \fn int QString::localeAwareCompare( const QString & s1, const QString & s2 )
|
---|
6155 |
|
---|
6156 | Compares \a s1 with \a s2 and returns an integer less than, equal
|
---|
6157 | to, or greater than zero if \a s1 is less than, equal to, or
|
---|
6158 | greater than \a s2.
|
---|
6159 |
|
---|
6160 | The comparison is performed in a locale- and also
|
---|
6161 | platform-dependent manner. Use this function to present sorted
|
---|
6162 | lists of strings to the user.
|
---|
6163 |
|
---|
6164 | \sa QString::compare() QTextCodec::locale()
|
---|
6165 | */
|
---|
6166 |
|
---|
6167 | /*!
|
---|
6168 | \overload
|
---|
6169 |
|
---|
6170 | Compares this string with \a s.
|
---|
6171 | */
|
---|
6172 |
|
---|
6173 | #if !defined(CSTR_LESS_THAN)
|
---|
6174 | #define CSTR_LESS_THAN 1
|
---|
6175 | #define CSTR_EQUAL 2
|
---|
6176 | #define CSTR_GREATER_THAN 3
|
---|
6177 | #endif
|
---|
6178 |
|
---|
6179 | int QString::localeAwareCompare( const QString& s ) const
|
---|
6180 | {
|
---|
6181 | // do the right thing for null and empty
|
---|
6182 | if ( isEmpty() || s.isEmpty() )
|
---|
6183 | return compare( s );
|
---|
6184 |
|
---|
6185 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
---|
6186 | int res;
|
---|
6187 | QT_WA( {
|
---|
6188 | const TCHAR* s1 = (TCHAR*)ucs2();
|
---|
6189 | const TCHAR* s2 = (TCHAR*)s.ucs2();
|
---|
6190 | res = CompareStringW( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, 0, s1, length(), s2, s.length() );
|
---|
6191 | } , {
|
---|
6192 | QCString s1 = local8Bit();
|
---|
6193 | QCString s2 = s.local8Bit();
|
---|
6194 | res = CompareStringA( LOCALE_USER_DEFAULT, 0, s1.data(), s1.length(), s2.data(), s2.length() );
|
---|
6195 | } );
|
---|
6196 |
|
---|
6197 | switch ( res ) {
|
---|
6198 | case CSTR_LESS_THAN:
|
---|
6199 | return -1;
|
---|
6200 | case CSTR_GREATER_THAN:
|
---|
6201 | return 1;
|
---|
6202 | default:
|
---|
6203 | return 0;
|
---|
6204 | }
|
---|
6205 | #elif defined(Q_OS_OS2)
|
---|
6206 | LocaleObject lo = qt_os2DefLocaleObj();
|
---|
6207 | if (lo)
|
---|
6208 | return UniStrcoll( lo, (UniChar*) ucs2(), (UniChar *) s.ucs2() );
|
---|
6209 | else
|
---|
6210 | return ucstrcmp( *this, s );
|
---|
6211 | #elif defined(Q_WS_MACX)
|
---|
6212 | int delta = 0;
|
---|
6213 | #if !defined(QT_NO_TEXTCODEC)
|
---|
6214 | QTextCodec *codec = QTextCodec::codecForLocale();
|
---|
6215 | if (codec)
|
---|
6216 | delta = strcoll(codec->fromUnicode(*this), codec->fromUnicode(s));
|
---|
6217 | if (delta == 0)
|
---|
6218 | #endif
|
---|
6219 | delta = ucstrcmp(*this, s);
|
---|
6220 | return delta;
|
---|
6221 | #elif defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
---|
6222 | // declared in <string.h>
|
---|
6223 | int delta = strcoll( local8Bit(), s.local8Bit() );
|
---|
6224 | if ( delta == 0 )
|
---|
6225 | delta = ucstrcmp( *this, s );
|
---|
6226 | return delta;
|
---|
6227 | #else
|
---|
6228 | return ucstrcmp( *this, s );
|
---|
6229 | #endif
|
---|
6230 | }
|
---|
6231 |
|
---|
6232 | bool operator==( const QString &s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6233 | {
|
---|
6234 | if ( s1.unicode() == s2.unicode() )
|
---|
6235 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6236 | return (s1.length() == s2.length()) && s1.isNull() == s2.isNull() &&
|
---|
6237 | (memcmp((char*)s1.unicode(),(char*)s2.unicode(),
|
---|
6238 | s1.length()*sizeof(QChar)) == 0 );
|
---|
6239 | }
|
---|
6240 |
|
---|
6241 | bool operator!=( const QString &s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6242 | { return !(s1==s2); }
|
---|
6243 |
|
---|
6244 | bool operator<( const QString &s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6245 | { return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) < 0; }
|
---|
6246 |
|
---|
6247 | bool operator<=( const QString &s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6248 | { return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) <= 0; }
|
---|
6249 |
|
---|
6250 | bool operator>( const QString &s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6251 | { return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) > 0; }
|
---|
6252 |
|
---|
6253 | bool operator>=( const QString &s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6254 | { return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) >= 0; }
|
---|
6255 |
|
---|
6256 |
|
---|
6257 | bool operator==( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6258 | {
|
---|
6259 | if ( !s2 )
|
---|
6260 | return s1.isNull();
|
---|
6261 |
|
---|
6262 | int len = s1.length();
|
---|
6263 | const QChar *uc = s1.unicode();
|
---|
6264 | while ( len ) {
|
---|
6265 | if ( !(*s2) || uc->unicode() != (uchar) *s2 )
|
---|
6266 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6267 | ++uc;
|
---|
6268 | ++s2;
|
---|
6269 | --len;
|
---|
6270 | }
|
---|
6271 | return !*s2;
|
---|
6272 | }
|
---|
6273 |
|
---|
6274 | bool operator==( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6275 | { return (s2 == s1); }
|
---|
6276 |
|
---|
6277 | bool operator!=( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6278 | { return !(s1==s2); }
|
---|
6279 |
|
---|
6280 | bool operator!=( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6281 | { return !(s1==s2); }
|
---|
6282 |
|
---|
6283 | bool operator<( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6284 | { return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) < 0; }
|
---|
6285 |
|
---|
6286 | bool operator<( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6287 | { return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) < 0; }
|
---|
6288 |
|
---|
6289 | bool operator<=( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6290 | { return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) <= 0; }
|
---|
6291 |
|
---|
6292 | bool operator<=( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6293 | { return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) <= 0; }
|
---|
6294 |
|
---|
6295 | bool operator>( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6296 | { return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) > 0; }
|
---|
6297 |
|
---|
6298 | bool operator>( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6299 | { return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) > 0; }
|
---|
6300 |
|
---|
6301 | bool operator>=( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6302 | { return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) >= 0; }
|
---|
6303 |
|
---|
6304 | bool operator>=( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6305 | { return ucstrcmp(s1,s2) >= 0; }
|
---|
6306 |
|
---|
6307 |
|
---|
6308 | /*****************************************************************************
|
---|
6309 | Documentation for QString related functions
|
---|
6310 | *****************************************************************************/
|
---|
6311 |
|
---|
6312 | /*!
|
---|
6313 | \fn bool operator==( const QString &s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6314 |
|
---|
6315 | \relates QString
|
---|
6316 |
|
---|
6317 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is equal to \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
6318 | Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
---|
6319 |
|
---|
6320 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) != 0.
|
---|
6321 |
|
---|
6322 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
6323 | */
|
---|
6324 |
|
---|
6325 | /*!
|
---|
6326 | \fn bool operator==( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6327 |
|
---|
6328 | \overload
|
---|
6329 | \relates QString
|
---|
6330 |
|
---|
6331 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is equal to \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
6332 | Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
---|
6333 |
|
---|
6334 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) == 0.
|
---|
6335 |
|
---|
6336 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
6337 | */
|
---|
6338 |
|
---|
6339 | /*!
|
---|
6340 | \fn bool operator==( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6341 |
|
---|
6342 | \overload
|
---|
6343 | \relates QString
|
---|
6344 |
|
---|
6345 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is equal to \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
6346 | Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
---|
6347 |
|
---|
6348 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) == 0.
|
---|
6349 |
|
---|
6350 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
6351 | */
|
---|
6352 |
|
---|
6353 | /*!
|
---|
6354 | \fn bool operator!=( const QString &s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6355 |
|
---|
6356 | \relates QString
|
---|
6357 |
|
---|
6358 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is not equal to \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
6359 | Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
---|
6360 |
|
---|
6361 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) != 0.
|
---|
6362 |
|
---|
6363 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
6364 | */
|
---|
6365 |
|
---|
6366 | /*!
|
---|
6367 | \fn bool operator!=( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6368 |
|
---|
6369 | \overload
|
---|
6370 | \relates QString
|
---|
6371 |
|
---|
6372 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is not equal to \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
6373 | Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
---|
6374 |
|
---|
6375 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) != 0.
|
---|
6376 |
|
---|
6377 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
6378 | */
|
---|
6379 |
|
---|
6380 | /*!
|
---|
6381 | \fn bool operator!=( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6382 |
|
---|
6383 | \overload
|
---|
6384 | \relates QString
|
---|
6385 |
|
---|
6386 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is not equal to \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
6387 | Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
---|
6388 |
|
---|
6389 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) != 0.
|
---|
6390 |
|
---|
6391 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
6392 | */
|
---|
6393 |
|
---|
6394 | /*!
|
---|
6395 | \fn bool operator<( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6396 |
|
---|
6397 | \relates QString
|
---|
6398 |
|
---|
6399 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically less than \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
6400 | The comparison is case sensitive.
|
---|
6401 |
|
---|
6402 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \< 0.
|
---|
6403 | */
|
---|
6404 |
|
---|
6405 | /*!
|
---|
6406 | \fn bool operator<( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6407 |
|
---|
6408 | \overload
|
---|
6409 | \relates QString
|
---|
6410 |
|
---|
6411 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically less than \a s2; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
6412 | The comparison is case sensitive.
|
---|
6413 |
|
---|
6414 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \< 0.
|
---|
6415 | */
|
---|
6416 |
|
---|
6417 | /*!
|
---|
6418 | \fn bool operator<=( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6419 |
|
---|
6420 | \relates QString
|
---|
6421 |
|
---|
6422 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically less than or equal to \a s2;
|
---|
6423 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
6424 | The comparison is case sensitive.
|
---|
6425 | Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
---|
6426 |
|
---|
6427 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1,\a s2) \<= 0.
|
---|
6428 |
|
---|
6429 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
6430 | */
|
---|
6431 |
|
---|
6432 | /*!
|
---|
6433 | \fn bool operator<=( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6434 |
|
---|
6435 | \overload
|
---|
6436 | \relates QString
|
---|
6437 |
|
---|
6438 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically less than or equal to \a s2;
|
---|
6439 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
6440 | The comparison is case sensitive.
|
---|
6441 | Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
---|
6442 |
|
---|
6443 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \<= 0.
|
---|
6444 |
|
---|
6445 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
6446 | */
|
---|
6447 |
|
---|
6448 | /*!
|
---|
6449 | \fn bool operator>( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6450 |
|
---|
6451 | \relates QString
|
---|
6452 |
|
---|
6453 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically greater than \a s2; otherwise
|
---|
6454 | returns FALSE.
|
---|
6455 | The comparison is case sensitive.
|
---|
6456 |
|
---|
6457 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \> 0.
|
---|
6458 | */
|
---|
6459 |
|
---|
6460 | /*!
|
---|
6461 | \fn bool operator>( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6462 |
|
---|
6463 | \overload
|
---|
6464 | \relates QString
|
---|
6465 |
|
---|
6466 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically greater than \a s2; otherwise
|
---|
6467 | returns FALSE.
|
---|
6468 | The comparison is case sensitive.
|
---|
6469 |
|
---|
6470 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \> 0.
|
---|
6471 | */
|
---|
6472 |
|
---|
6473 | /*!
|
---|
6474 | \fn bool operator>=( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6475 |
|
---|
6476 | \relates QString
|
---|
6477 |
|
---|
6478 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically greater than or equal to \a s2;
|
---|
6479 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
6480 | The comparison is case sensitive.
|
---|
6481 | Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
---|
6482 |
|
---|
6483 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \>= 0.
|
---|
6484 |
|
---|
6485 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
6486 | */
|
---|
6487 |
|
---|
6488 | /*!
|
---|
6489 | \fn bool operator>=( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6490 |
|
---|
6491 | \overload
|
---|
6492 | \relates QString
|
---|
6493 |
|
---|
6494 | Returns TRUE if \a s1 is lexically greater than or equal to \a s2;
|
---|
6495 | otherwise returns FALSE.
|
---|
6496 | The comparison is case sensitive.
|
---|
6497 | Note that a null string is not equal to a not-null empty string.
|
---|
6498 |
|
---|
6499 | Equivalent to compare(\a s1, \a s2) \>= 0.
|
---|
6500 |
|
---|
6501 | \sa isNull(), isEmpty()
|
---|
6502 | */
|
---|
6503 |
|
---|
6504 | /*!
|
---|
6505 | \fn const QString operator+( const QString &s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6506 |
|
---|
6507 | \relates QString
|
---|
6508 |
|
---|
6509 | Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
|
---|
6510 | \a s1 and the string \a s2.
|
---|
6511 |
|
---|
6512 | Equivalent to \a {s1}.append(\a s2).
|
---|
6513 | */
|
---|
6514 |
|
---|
6515 | /*!
|
---|
6516 | \fn const QString operator+( const QString &s1, const char *s2 )
|
---|
6517 |
|
---|
6518 | \overload
|
---|
6519 | \relates QString
|
---|
6520 |
|
---|
6521 | Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
|
---|
6522 | \a s1 and character \a s2.
|
---|
6523 |
|
---|
6524 | Equivalent to \a {s1}.append(\a s2).
|
---|
6525 | */
|
---|
6526 |
|
---|
6527 | /*!
|
---|
6528 | \fn const QString operator+( const char *s1, const QString &s2 )
|
---|
6529 |
|
---|
6530 | \overload
|
---|
6531 | \relates QString
|
---|
6532 |
|
---|
6533 | Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the
|
---|
6534 | character \a s1 and string \a s2.
|
---|
6535 | */
|
---|
6536 |
|
---|
6537 | /*!
|
---|
6538 | \fn const QString operator+( const QString &s, char c )
|
---|
6539 |
|
---|
6540 | \overload
|
---|
6541 | \relates QString
|
---|
6542 |
|
---|
6543 | Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the string
|
---|
6544 | \a s and character \a c.
|
---|
6545 |
|
---|
6546 | Equivalent to \a {s}.append(\a c).
|
---|
6547 | */
|
---|
6548 |
|
---|
6549 | /*!
|
---|
6550 | \fn const QString operator+( char c, const QString &s )
|
---|
6551 |
|
---|
6552 | \overload
|
---|
6553 | \relates QString
|
---|
6554 |
|
---|
6555 | Returns a string which is the result of concatenating the
|
---|
6556 | character \a c and string \a s.
|
---|
6557 |
|
---|
6558 | Equivalent to \a {s}.prepend(\a c).
|
---|
6559 | */
|
---|
6560 |
|
---|
6561 |
|
---|
6562 | /*****************************************************************************
|
---|
6563 | QString stream functions
|
---|
6564 | *****************************************************************************/
|
---|
6565 | #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
---|
6566 | /*!
|
---|
6567 | \relates QString
|
---|
6568 |
|
---|
6569 | Writes the string \a str to the stream \a s.
|
---|
6570 |
|
---|
6571 | See also \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
|
---|
6572 | */
|
---|
6573 |
|
---|
6574 | QDataStream &operator<<( QDataStream &s, const QString &str )
|
---|
6575 | {
|
---|
6576 | if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
|
---|
6577 | QCString l( str.latin1() );
|
---|
6578 | s << l;
|
---|
6579 | }
|
---|
6580 | else {
|
---|
6581 | int byteOrder = s.byteOrder();
|
---|
6582 | const QChar* ub = str.unicode();
|
---|
6583 | if ( ub || s.version() < 3 ) {
|
---|
6584 | static const uint auto_size = 1024;
|
---|
6585 | char t[auto_size];
|
---|
6586 | char *b;
|
---|
6587 | if ( str.length()*sizeof(QChar) > auto_size ) {
|
---|
6588 | b = new char[str.length()*sizeof(QChar)];
|
---|
6589 | } else {
|
---|
6590 | b = t;
|
---|
6591 | }
|
---|
6592 | int l = str.length();
|
---|
6593 | char *c=b;
|
---|
6594 | while ( l-- ) {
|
---|
6595 | if ( byteOrder == QDataStream::BigEndian ) {
|
---|
6596 | *c++ = (char)ub->row();
|
---|
6597 | *c++ = (char)ub->cell();
|
---|
6598 | } else {
|
---|
6599 | *c++ = (char)ub->cell();
|
---|
6600 | *c++ = (char)ub->row();
|
---|
6601 | }
|
---|
6602 | ub++;
|
---|
6603 | }
|
---|
6604 | s.writeBytes( b, sizeof(QChar)*str.length() );
|
---|
6605 | if ( str.length()*sizeof(QChar) > auto_size )
|
---|
6606 | delete [] b;
|
---|
6607 | } else {
|
---|
6608 | // write null marker
|
---|
6609 | s << (Q_UINT32)0xffffffff;
|
---|
6610 | }
|
---|
6611 | }
|
---|
6612 | return s;
|
---|
6613 | }
|
---|
6614 |
|
---|
6615 | /*!
|
---|
6616 | \relates QString
|
---|
6617 |
|
---|
6618 | Reads a string from the stream \a s into string \a str.
|
---|
6619 |
|
---|
6620 | See also \link datastreamformat.html Format of the QDataStream operators \endlink
|
---|
6621 | */
|
---|
6622 |
|
---|
6623 | QDataStream &operator>>( QDataStream &s, QString &str )
|
---|
6624 | {
|
---|
6625 | #ifdef QT_QSTRING_UCS_4
|
---|
6626 | #if defined(Q_CC_GNU)
|
---|
6627 | #warning "operator>> not working properly"
|
---|
6628 | #endif
|
---|
6629 | #endif
|
---|
6630 | if ( s.version() == 1 ) {
|
---|
6631 | QCString l;
|
---|
6632 | s >> l;
|
---|
6633 | str = QString( l );
|
---|
6634 | }
|
---|
6635 | else {
|
---|
6636 | Q_UINT32 bytes;
|
---|
6637 | s >> bytes; // read size of string
|
---|
6638 | if ( bytes == 0xffffffff ) { // null string
|
---|
6639 | str = QString::null;
|
---|
6640 | } else if ( bytes > 0 ) { // not empty
|
---|
6641 | int byteOrder = s.byteOrder();
|
---|
6642 | str.setLength( bytes/2 );
|
---|
6643 | QChar* ch = str.d->unicode;
|
---|
6644 | static const uint auto_size = 1024;
|
---|
6645 | char t[auto_size];
|
---|
6646 | char *b;
|
---|
6647 | if ( bytes > auto_size ) {
|
---|
6648 | b = new char[bytes];
|
---|
6649 | } else {
|
---|
6650 | b = t;
|
---|
6651 | }
|
---|
6652 | s.readRawBytes( b, bytes );
|
---|
6653 | int bt = bytes/2;
|
---|
6654 | char *oldb = b;
|
---|
6655 | while ( bt-- ) {
|
---|
6656 | if ( byteOrder == QDataStream::BigEndian )
|
---|
6657 | *ch++ = (ushort) (((ushort)b[0])<<8) | (uchar)b[1];
|
---|
6658 | else
|
---|
6659 | *ch++ = (ushort) (((ushort)b[1])<<8) | (uchar)b[0];
|
---|
6660 | b += 2;
|
---|
6661 | }
|
---|
6662 | if ( bytes > auto_size )
|
---|
6663 | delete [] oldb;
|
---|
6664 | } else {
|
---|
6665 | str = "";
|
---|
6666 | }
|
---|
6667 | }
|
---|
6668 | return s;
|
---|
6669 | }
|
---|
6670 | #endif // QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
---|
6671 |
|
---|
6672 | /*****************************************************************************
|
---|
6673 | QConstString member functions
|
---|
6674 | *****************************************************************************/
|
---|
6675 |
|
---|
6676 | /*!
|
---|
6677 | \class QConstString qstring.h
|
---|
6678 | \reentrant
|
---|
6679 | \ingroup text
|
---|
6680 | \brief The QConstString class provides string objects using constant Unicode data.
|
---|
6681 |
|
---|
6682 | In order to minimize copying, highly optimized applications can
|
---|
6683 | use QConstString to provide a QString-compatible object from
|
---|
6684 | existing Unicode data. It is then the programmer's responsibility
|
---|
6685 | to ensure that the Unicode data exists for the entire lifetime of
|
---|
6686 | the QConstString object.
|
---|
6687 |
|
---|
6688 | A QConstString is created with the QConstString constructor. The
|
---|
6689 | string held by the object can be obtained by calling string().
|
---|
6690 | */
|
---|
6691 |
|
---|
6692 | /*!
|
---|
6693 | Constructs a QConstString that uses the first \a length Unicode
|
---|
6694 | characters in the array \a unicode. Any attempt to modify copies
|
---|
6695 | of the string will cause it to create a copy of the data, thus it
|
---|
6696 | remains forever unmodified.
|
---|
6697 |
|
---|
6698 | The data in \a unicode is not copied. The caller must be able to
|
---|
6699 | guarantee that \a unicode will not be deleted or modified.
|
---|
6700 | */
|
---|
6701 | QConstString::QConstString( const QChar* unicode, uint length ) :
|
---|
6702 | QString( new QStringData( (QChar*)unicode, length, length ), TRUE )
|
---|
6703 | {
|
---|
6704 | }
|
---|
6705 |
|
---|
6706 | /*!
|
---|
6707 | Destroys the QConstString, creating a copy of the data if other
|
---|
6708 | strings are still using it.
|
---|
6709 | */
|
---|
6710 | QConstString::~QConstString()
|
---|
6711 | {
|
---|
6712 | if ( d->count > 1 ) {
|
---|
6713 | QChar* cp = QT_ALLOC_QCHAR_VEC( d->len );
|
---|
6714 | memcpy( cp, d->unicode, d->len*sizeof(QChar) );
|
---|
6715 | d->unicode = cp;
|
---|
6716 | } else {
|
---|
6717 | d->unicode = 0;
|
---|
6718 | }
|
---|
6719 |
|
---|
6720 | // The original d->unicode is now unlinked.
|
---|
6721 | }
|
---|
6722 |
|
---|
6723 | /*!
|
---|
6724 | \fn const QString& QConstString::string() const
|
---|
6725 |
|
---|
6726 | Returns a constant string referencing the data passed during
|
---|
6727 | construction.
|
---|
6728 | */
|
---|
6729 |
|
---|
6730 | /*!
|
---|
6731 | Returns TRUE if the string starts with \a s; otherwise returns
|
---|
6732 | FALSE.
|
---|
6733 |
|
---|
6734 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
6735 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
6736 |
|
---|
6737 | \code
|
---|
6738 | QString str( "Bananas" );
|
---|
6739 | str.startsWith( "Ban" ); // returns TRUE
|
---|
6740 | str.startsWith( "Car" ); // returns FALSE
|
---|
6741 | \endcode
|
---|
6742 |
|
---|
6743 | \sa endsWith()
|
---|
6744 | */
|
---|
6745 | bool QString::startsWith( const QString& s, bool cs ) const
|
---|
6746 | {
|
---|
6747 | if ( isNull() )
|
---|
6748 | return s.isNull();
|
---|
6749 | if ( s.length() > length() )
|
---|
6750 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6751 | if ( cs ) {
|
---|
6752 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int) s.length(); i++ ) {
|
---|
6753 | if ( d->unicode[i] != s[i] )
|
---|
6754 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6755 | }
|
---|
6756 | } else {
|
---|
6757 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int) s.length(); i++ ) {
|
---|
6758 | if ( d->unicode[i].lower() != s[i].lower() )
|
---|
6759 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6760 | }
|
---|
6761 | }
|
---|
6762 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6763 | }
|
---|
6764 |
|
---|
6765 | bool QString::startsWith( const QString& s ) const
|
---|
6766 | {
|
---|
6767 | return startsWith( s, TRUE );
|
---|
6768 | }
|
---|
6769 |
|
---|
6770 | /*!
|
---|
6771 | Returns TRUE if the string ends with \a s; otherwise returns
|
---|
6772 | FALSE.
|
---|
6773 |
|
---|
6774 | If \a cs is TRUE (the default), the search is case sensitive;
|
---|
6775 | otherwise the search is case insensitive.
|
---|
6776 |
|
---|
6777 | \code
|
---|
6778 | QString str( "Bananas" );
|
---|
6779 | str.endsWith( "anas" ); // returns TRUE
|
---|
6780 | str.endsWith( "pple" ); // returns FALSE
|
---|
6781 | \endcode
|
---|
6782 |
|
---|
6783 | \sa startsWith()
|
---|
6784 | */
|
---|
6785 | bool QString::endsWith( const QString& s, bool cs ) const
|
---|
6786 | {
|
---|
6787 | if ( isNull() )
|
---|
6788 | return s.isNull();
|
---|
6789 | int pos = length() - s.length();
|
---|
6790 | if ( pos < 0 )
|
---|
6791 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6792 | if ( cs ) {
|
---|
6793 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int) s.length(); i++ ) {
|
---|
6794 | if ( d->unicode[pos + i] != s[i] )
|
---|
6795 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6796 | }
|
---|
6797 | } else {
|
---|
6798 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int) s.length(); i++ ) {
|
---|
6799 | if ( d->unicode[pos + i].lower() != s[i].lower() )
|
---|
6800 | return FALSE;
|
---|
6801 | }
|
---|
6802 | }
|
---|
6803 | return TRUE;
|
---|
6804 | }
|
---|
6805 |
|
---|
6806 | bool QString::endsWith( const QString& s ) const
|
---|
6807 | {
|
---|
6808 | return endsWith( s, TRUE );
|
---|
6809 | }
|
---|
6810 |
|
---|
6811 | /*! \fn void QString::detach()
|
---|
6812 | If the string does not share its data with another QString instance,
|
---|
6813 | nothing happens; otherwise the function creates a new, unique copy of
|
---|
6814 | this string. This function is called whenever the string is modified. The
|
---|
6815 | implicit sharing mechanism is implemented this way.
|
---|
6816 | */
|
---|
6817 |
|
---|
6818 | #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32)
|
---|
6819 |
|
---|
6820 | #include <windows.h>
|
---|
6821 |
|
---|
6822 | /*!
|
---|
6823 | \obsolete
|
---|
6824 |
|
---|
6825 | Returns a static Windows TCHAR* from a QString, adding NUL if \a
|
---|
6826 | addnul is TRUE.
|
---|
6827 |
|
---|
6828 | The lifetime of the return value is until the next call to this function,
|
---|
6829 | or until the last copy of str is deleted, whatever comes first.
|
---|
6830 |
|
---|
6831 | Use ucs2() instead.
|
---|
6832 | */
|
---|
6833 | const void* qt_winTchar(const QString& str, bool)
|
---|
6834 | {
|
---|
6835 | // So that the return value lives long enough.
|
---|
6836 | static QString str_cache;
|
---|
6837 | str_cache = str;
|
---|
6838 | #ifdef UNICODE
|
---|
6839 | return str_cache.ucs2();
|
---|
6840 | #else
|
---|
6841 | return str_cache.latin1();
|
---|
6842 | #endif
|
---|
6843 | }
|
---|
6844 |
|
---|
6845 | /*!
|
---|
6846 | Makes a new '\0'-terminated Windows TCHAR* from a QString.
|
---|
6847 | */
|
---|
6848 | void* qt_winTchar_new(const QString& str)
|
---|
6849 | {
|
---|
6850 | if ( str.isNull() )
|
---|
6851 | return 0;
|
---|
6852 | int l = str.length()+1;
|
---|
6853 | TCHAR *tc = new TCHAR[ l ];
|
---|
6854 | #ifdef UNICODE
|
---|
6855 | memcpy( tc, str.ucs2(), sizeof(TCHAR)*l );
|
---|
6856 | #else
|
---|
6857 | memcpy( tc, str.latin1(), sizeof(TCHAR)*l );
|
---|
6858 | #endif
|
---|
6859 | return tc;
|
---|
6860 | }
|
---|
6861 |
|
---|
6862 | /*!
|
---|
6863 | Makes a QString from a Windows TCHAR*.
|
---|
6864 | */
|
---|
6865 | QString qt_winQString(void* tc)
|
---|
6866 | {
|
---|
6867 | #ifdef UNICODE
|
---|
6868 | return QString::fromUcs2( (ushort*)tc );
|
---|
6869 | #else
|
---|
6870 | return QString::fromLatin1( (TCHAR *)tc );
|
---|
6871 | #endif
|
---|
6872 | }
|
---|
6873 |
|
---|
6874 | QCString qt_winQString2MB( const QString& s, int uclen )
|
---|
6875 | {
|
---|
6876 | if ( uclen < 0 )
|
---|
6877 | uclen = s.length();
|
---|
6878 | if ( s.isNull() )
|
---|
6879 | return QCString();
|
---|
6880 | if ( uclen == 0 )
|
---|
6881 | return QCString("");
|
---|
6882 | BOOL used_def;
|
---|
6883 | QCString mb(4096);
|
---|
6884 | int len;
|
---|
6885 | while ( !(len=WideCharToMultiByte(CP_ACP, 0, (const WCHAR*)s.unicode(), uclen,
|
---|
6886 | mb.data(), mb.size()-1, 0, &used_def)) )
|
---|
6887 | {
|
---|
6888 | int r = GetLastError();
|
---|
6889 | if ( r == ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER ) {
|
---|
6890 | mb.resize(1+WideCharToMultiByte( CP_ACP, 0,
|
---|
6891 | (const WCHAR*)s.unicode(), uclen,
|
---|
6892 | 0, 0, 0, &used_def));
|
---|
6893 | // and try again...
|
---|
6894 | } else {
|
---|
6895 | #ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
|
---|
6896 | // Fail.
|
---|
6897 | qWarning("WideCharToMultiByte cannot convert multibyte text (error %d): %s (UTF8)",
|
---|
6898 | r, s.utf8().data());
|
---|
6899 | #endif
|
---|
6900 | break;
|
---|
6901 | }
|
---|
6902 | }
|
---|
6903 | mb[len]='\0';
|
---|
6904 | return mb;
|
---|
6905 | }
|
---|
6906 |
|
---|
6907 | // WATCH OUT: mblen must include the NUL (or just use -1)
|
---|
6908 | QString qt_winMB2QString( const char* mb, int mblen )
|
---|
6909 | {
|
---|
6910 | if ( !mb || !mblen )
|
---|
6911 | return QString::null;
|
---|
6912 | const int wclen_auto = 4096;
|
---|
6913 | WCHAR wc_auto[wclen_auto];
|
---|
6914 | int wclen = wclen_auto;
|
---|
6915 | WCHAR *wc = wc_auto;
|
---|
6916 | int len;
|
---|
6917 | while ( !(len=MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP, MB_PRECOMPOSED,
|
---|
6918 | mb, mblen, wc, wclen )) )
|
---|
6919 | {
|
---|
6920 | int r = GetLastError();
|
---|
6921 | if ( r == ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER ) {
|
---|
6922 | if ( wc != wc_auto ) {
|
---|
6923 | qWarning("Size changed in MultiByteToWideChar");
|
---|
6924 | break;
|
---|
6925 | } else {
|
---|
6926 | wclen = MultiByteToWideChar( CP_ACP, MB_PRECOMPOSED,
|
---|
6927 | mb, mblen, 0, 0 );
|
---|
6928 | wc = new WCHAR[wclen];
|
---|
6929 | // and try again...
|
---|
6930 | }
|
---|
6931 | } else {
|
---|
6932 | // Fail.
|
---|
6933 | qWarning("MultiByteToWideChar cannot convert multibyte text");
|
---|
6934 | break;
|
---|
6935 | }
|
---|
6936 | }
|
---|
6937 | if ( len <= 0 )
|
---|
6938 | return QString::null;
|
---|
6939 | QString s( (QChar*)wc, len - 1 ); // len - 1: we don't want terminator
|
---|
6940 | if ( wc != wc_auto )
|
---|
6941 | delete [] wc;
|
---|
6942 | return s;
|
---|
6943 | }
|
---|
6944 |
|
---|
6945 | #endif // Q_OS_WIN32
|
---|
6946 |
|
---|
6947 | #if defined (Q_OS_OS2)
|
---|
6948 |
|
---|
6949 | static LocaleObject qt_os2DefLocaleObj_var = NULL;
|
---|
6950 | static UconvObject qt_os2DefUconvObj_var = NULL;
|
---|
6951 |
|
---|
6952 | const LocaleObject qt_os2DefLocaleObj()
|
---|
6953 | {
|
---|
6954 | if ( !qt_os2DefLocaleObj_var )
|
---|
6955 | UniCreateLocaleObject( UNI_UCS_STRING_POINTER, (UniChar *)L"",
|
---|
6956 | &qt_os2DefLocaleObj_var );
|
---|
6957 | return qt_os2DefLocaleObj_var;
|
---|
6958 | }
|
---|
6959 |
|
---|
6960 | const UconvObject qt_os2DefUconvObj()
|
---|
6961 | {
|
---|
6962 | if ( !qt_os2DefUconvObj_var )
|
---|
6963 | UniCreateUconvObject( (UniChar *)L"", &qt_os2DefUconvObj_var );
|
---|
6964 | return qt_os2DefUconvObj_var;
|
---|
6965 | }
|
---|
6966 |
|
---|
6967 | QCString qt_os2QString2MB( const QString& s, int uclen )
|
---|
6968 | {
|
---|
6969 | if ( uclen < 0 || (uint) uclen > s.length() )
|
---|
6970 | uclen = s.length();
|
---|
6971 | if ( s.isNull() )
|
---|
6972 | return QCString();
|
---|
6973 | if ( uclen == 0 )
|
---|
6974 | return QCString("");
|
---|
6975 |
|
---|
6976 | UniChar *ucPtr = (UniChar *) s.unicode();
|
---|
6977 | size_t ucLeft = uclen;
|
---|
6978 |
|
---|
6979 | size_t mblen = uclen;
|
---|
6980 | QCString mbBuf( mblen + 1 );
|
---|
6981 | char *mbPtr = mbBuf.data();
|
---|
6982 | size_t mbLeft = mblen;
|
---|
6983 |
|
---|
6984 | size_t nonIdent = 0;
|
---|
6985 | UconvObject uo = qt_os2DefUconvObj();
|
---|
6986 | int rc;
|
---|
6987 |
|
---|
6988 | while ( ucLeft ) {
|
---|
6989 | rc = UniUconvFromUcs ( uo, &ucPtr, &ucLeft, (void**)&mbPtr, &mbLeft, &nonIdent );
|
---|
6990 | if ( rc == ULS_BUFFERFULL ) {
|
---|
6991 | size_t mbDone = mblen - mbLeft;
|
---|
6992 | size_t ucDone = uclen - ucLeft;
|
---|
6993 | // assume that ucLeft/mbLeft is an approximation of ucDone/mbDone
|
---|
6994 | mblen = mbDone + (ucLeft * mbDone) / ucDone;
|
---|
6995 | mbBuf.resize( mblen + 1 );
|
---|
6996 | mbPtr = mbBuf.data() + mbDone;
|
---|
6997 | } else if ( rc != ULS_SUCCESS ) {
|
---|
6998 | #ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
|
---|
6999 | // Fail.
|
---|
7000 | qWarning("UniUconvFromUcs cannot convert multibyte text (error %d): %s (UTF8)",
|
---|
7001 | rc, s.utf8().data());
|
---|
7002 | #endif
|
---|
7003 | break;
|
---|
7004 | }
|
---|
7005 | }
|
---|
7006 | mbBuf[ mblen - mbLeft ] = '\0';
|
---|
7007 | return mbBuf;
|
---|
7008 | }
|
---|
7009 |
|
---|
7010 | // WATCH OUT: mblen must NOT include the NUL (in contrast with qt_winMB2QString)
|
---|
7011 | QString qt_os2MB2QString( const char* mb, int mblen )
|
---|
7012 | {
|
---|
7013 | if ( !mb )
|
---|
7014 | return QString::null;
|
---|
7015 | if ( mblen < 0 ) {
|
---|
7016 | mblen = strlen( mb );
|
---|
7017 | } else {
|
---|
7018 | char *end = (char *) memchr (mb, '\0', mblen);
|
---|
7019 | if ( end )
|
---|
7020 | mblen = end - mb;
|
---|
7021 | }
|
---|
7022 | if ( !mblen )
|
---|
7023 | return QString::null;
|
---|
7024 |
|
---|
7025 | const char *mbPtr = mb;
|
---|
7026 | size_t mbLeft = mblen;
|
---|
7027 |
|
---|
7028 | size_t uclen = mblen;
|
---|
7029 | QMemArray<UniChar> ucBuf( uclen );
|
---|
7030 | UniChar *ucPtr = ucBuf.data();
|
---|
7031 | size_t ucLeft = uclen;
|
---|
7032 |
|
---|
7033 | size_t nonIdent = 0;
|
---|
7034 | UconvObject uo = qt_os2DefUconvObj();
|
---|
7035 | int rc;
|
---|
7036 |
|
---|
7037 | while ( mbLeft ) {
|
---|
7038 | rc = UniUconvToUcs ( uo, (void**)&mbPtr, &mbLeft, &ucPtr, &ucLeft, &nonIdent );
|
---|
7039 | if ( rc == ULS_BUFFERFULL ) {
|
---|
7040 | size_t ucDone = uclen - ucLeft;
|
---|
7041 | size_t mbDone = mblen - mbLeft;
|
---|
7042 | // assume that mbLeft/ucLeft is an approximation of mbDone/ucDone
|
---|
7043 | uclen = ucDone + (mbLeft * ucDone) / mbDone;
|
---|
7044 | ucBuf.resize( uclen );
|
---|
7045 | ucPtr = ucBuf.data() + ucDone;
|
---|
7046 | } else if ( rc != ULS_SUCCESS ) {
|
---|
7047 | #ifndef QT_NO_DEBUG
|
---|
7048 | // Fail.
|
---|
7049 | qWarning("UniUconvFromUcs cannot convert multibyte text (error %d)", rc);
|
---|
7050 | #endif
|
---|
7051 | break;
|
---|
7052 | }
|
---|
7053 | }
|
---|
7054 | uclen -= ucLeft;
|
---|
7055 | if ( uclen == 0 )
|
---|
7056 | return QString::null;
|
---|
7057 | QString s( (QChar*)ucBuf.data(), uclen );
|
---|
7058 | return s;
|
---|
7059 | }
|
---|
7060 |
|
---|
7061 | #endif // Q_OS_OS2
|
---|